TEST BANK for Your Office Microsoft Excel 2013, Comprehensive 1 Edition. Amy S. Kinser et al.

Your Office Microsoft Excel 2013, Comprehensive 1e Amy S. Kinser et al (Test Bank All Chapters, 100% Original Verified, A+ Grade) Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 1 Workshop 1 Navigate, Manipulate, and Print Worksheets 1) A ________ application is a computer program has a user interface comprised of a grid of rows and columns.

A) database B) spreadsheet C) matrix D) tabular Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) The intersection of a row and column is called a ________.

A) cell B) container C) chamber D) cubicle Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) Formulas and functions begin with a(n) ________ sign.

A) = B) # C) @ D) & Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) Which of the following is NOT contained in a cell?

A) Functions B) Formulas C) Subroutines D) Text Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) The extension for Microsoft Excel 2013 workbooks is ________.

A) .xlx B) .xls C) .xlxs D) .xlsx Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 47 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) When there are multiple worksheets, you can use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + ________ to move one worksheet to right.

A) Page Down B) Page Up C) Home D) End Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 50 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) The keyboard shortcut to move one column to the left is ________.

A) Tab B) Shift + Tab C) Ctrl + Tab D) Alt + Tab Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 51 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) The keyboard shortcut to move to cell A1 is ________.

A) Home B) Shift + Home C) Ctrl + Home D) Alt + Home Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 51 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) To move right one screen, you would use the keyboard shortcut ________.

A) Page Down B) Shift + Page Down C) Ctrl + Page Down D) Alt + Page Down Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 51 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) Which of the following is NOT an example of worksheet documentation?

A) Descriptive drop-down documentation menus B) Descriptive worksheet names C) Descriptive cell labels D) Descriptive column titles Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 52 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) A comment is indicated by the presence of a ________ in the upper-right corner of a cell.

A) red square B) blue square C) red triangle D) blue triangle Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 53 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) To insert a comment into a cell, you click New Comment in the ________.

A) Comments group on the REVIEW tab B) Comments group on the INSERT tab C) Documentation group on the REVIEW tab D) Documentation group on the INSERT tab Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 53 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) Which of the following is typically NOT contained in a separate documentation worksheet?

A) Author B) Modification dates C) Charts D) Modification history Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 54 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) The base date for date and time data in Excel 2013 is ________.

A) January 1, 1000 B) January 1, 1900 C) December 31, 999 D) December 31, 1899 Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 55 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) Which of the following data types is NOT automatically right-aligned by Excel?

A) Text B) Numeric C) Date D) Time Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 55 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) The keyboard shortcut for Undo is ________.

A) Ctrl + U B) Ctrl + Z C) Ctrl + Y D) Ctrl + W Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 56 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) To insert a line break or hard return in a cell, you would press ________.

A) Enter B) Ctrl + Enter C) Alt + Enter D) Shift + Enter Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 58 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) Which of the following is NOT a cell range?

A) A single cell B) Noncontiguous cells C) A table D) Contiguous cells Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 58 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) You can select a noncontiguous range of cells by pressing and holding the ________ key when using it in combination with other navigation keys and/or the mouse.

A) Alt B) Ctrl C) F5 D) F7 Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 59 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) An example of a range of cells is ________.

A) A1&A3 B) A1+A3 C) A1-A3 D) A1:A3 Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 59 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) After selecting a row, pressing the shortcut key ________ will insert a new row above the selected row.

A) Ctrl + I B) Ctrl + + C) Ctrl + # D) Ctrl + R Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 62 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) The Merge & Center button is located in the ________.

A) Alignment group on the HOME tab B) Styles group on the HOME tab C) Alignment group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab D) Styles group on the LAYOUT tab Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 64 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) To select several contiguous columns, you ________.

A) click the header of the first column, then double-click the header of the last column B) click the header of the first column, then right-click the header of the last column C) click the header of the first column, press and hold Shift, and click the header of the last column D) click the header of the first column, press and hold Ctrl, and click the header of the last column Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 66 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) To select noncontiguous rows, you ________.

A) click the header of the first row, then double-click the header of each additional row B) click the header of the first row, then right-click the header of each additional row C) click the header of the first row, press and hold Shift, and click the header of each additional row D) click the header of the first row, press and hold Ctrl, and click the header of each additional row Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 66 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) In Excel, the height of the rows is measured in ________.

A) points B) picas C) pixels D) ppm Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 67 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) To change the width of a column, you click Column Width in the ________.

A) Cells group on the FORMAT tab B) Adjustment group on the FORMAT tab C) Cells group on the HOME tab D) Adjustment group on the HOME tab Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 67 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) To AutoFit the width of a column, you click Format and then click AutoFit Column Width in the ________.

A) Cells group on the VIEW tab.

B) Format group on the VIEW tab C) Cells group on the HOME tab D) Format group on the HOME tab Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 68 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) If a numerical value is too narrow to be displayed in a cell, a series of ________ characters is displayed.

A) & B) @ C) % D) # Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 68 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) The keyboard shortcut to display the Save As dialog box is ________.

A) Alt + A B) Alt + S C) Ctrl + S D) Shift + S Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 73 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) You can rename a worksheet by ________ its tab and then typing the new name.

A) double-clicking B) right-clicking C) pressing Ctrl and clicking D) clicking Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 75 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) The keyboard shortcut for inserting today's date is ________.

A) Ctrl + T B) Ctrl + D C) Ctrl + ; D) Ctrl + : Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 77 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) You can copy a worksheet within a workbook, by ________, and then dragging a copy of the worksheet to its new location.

A) double-clicking on the worksheet tab B) right-clicking on the worksheet tab C) clicking on the worksheet tab, pressing and holding Ctrl D) clicking on the worksheet tab, pressing and holding Shift Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 77 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) The file extension PDF stands for ________.

A) Portable Data File B) Portable Data Format C) Portable Document File D) Portable Document Format Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 79 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) Which of the follow is NOT a worksheet view?

A) Normal view B) Page Layout view C) Spreadsheet Preview D) Page Break Preview Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 80 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) To print headings on multiple pages, you click Print Titles in the ________.

A) Headings group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab B) Page Setup group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab C) Headings group on the PAGE VIEW tab D) Page Setup group on the PAGE VIEW tab Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 85 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) Headers and footers contain ________ section(s).

A) one B) two C) three D) four Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 85 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) A formula is a built-in program that would be used to find the average of a series of numbers.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

38) When using a what-if analysis, you change values in spreadsheet cells to see the effects on calculated values of interest.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) When collecting data in a spreadsheet, each row contains a record.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) A worksheet is a file containing at least one workbook.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 47 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) The default time interval for automatically saving Excel files is every five minutes.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 49 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) The active worksheet has a white tab with bold letters and a thick bottom border.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 49 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) To make a different worksheet active, you click Change Worksheet in the Selection group on the HOME tab.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 49 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) To make a different worksheet active, you right-click the worksheet scroll arrows and select the worksheet in the Activate dialog box.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 50 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

45) A cell reference is a combination of a row number followed by a column letter such as 12C. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 50 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) To move up one screen, you use the Ctrl + Page Up keyboard shortcut.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 51 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) When using a touch screen, the Excel 2013 commands on the Ribbon and in shortcut menus are rearranged to accommodate the use of a fingertip.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 52 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) A comment is added to an individual cell.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 52 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) Information such as the modification history of a workbook would be found in a separate documentation worksheet.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 54 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Clicking a cell and then right-clicking in the formula bar displays the insertion point in the formula bar.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 54 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) The dollar sign ($) and comma (,) are stored as part of a numeric cell value.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 55 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

52) In Excel, date and time data are special forms of numeric data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 55 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) By default, Excel places all information in a single line in a cell.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 57 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) A contiguous cell range consists of multiple cells where at least one cell is not directly adjacent to other cells.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 58 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) When cutting and pasting the contents of a cell, everything in the cell, including formatting, is moved.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 58 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) When copying and pasting the contents of one cell into another, the destination cell has a dashed border.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 59 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) Dragging and dropping is an effective method for moving the contents of a cell or a range of cells to others cells.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 60 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) To edit the contents of a cell, you right-click the cell to enter edit mode.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 61 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) Merge & Center can only be applied to horizontal cell ranges.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 64 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) To select a column, click the letter in the header.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 66 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) The width of columns is defined in points.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 67 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) The AutoFill property adjusts the height of a row so that its cell contents fit in the row.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 68 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) To remove a cell from a worksheet, you select the cell and press the Delete key.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 70 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) If you mistakenly delete a worksheet, you can recover it by pressing Undo.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 74 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) When you insert a new worksheet, it is inserted to the right of the active worksheet.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 75 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

66) You can move a worksheet within a workbook, by clicking and holding on the worksheet tab and dragging the worksheet to its new location.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 77 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) Adobe System's PDF reader application CANNOT be used to edit a document that was saved with the pdf extension.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 79 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) In Page Layout, default page breaks are indicated by dashed blue lines.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 81 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) Headings place information at the top of each printed page.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 85 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) The normal page margins are 0.5 inches top, bottom, left, and right.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 87 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) When printing a workbook, the default print range is Print Active Sheets.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 88 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) A(n) ________ is an equation that produces results such as numbers or text.

Answer: formula Diff: 2 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

73) A(n) ________ is a built-in program that performs a task such as finding the sum of a series of numbers.

Answer: function Diff: 2 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) When collecting data in a spreadsheet, each ________ is a field in a record.

Answer: column Diff: 3 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) When using Excel, a spreadsheet is also referred to as a(n) ________.

Answer: worksheet Diff: 2 Page Ref: 46 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) The keyboard shortcut for quickly saving files is ________.

Answer: Ctrl + S Diff: 2 Page Ref: 49 Objective: Understand Spreadsheet Terminology and Components Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) The keyboard shortcut to move one column to the right is ________.

Answer: Tab Diff: 3 Page Ref: 51 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) To move up one row, you would use the ________ + Enter keyboard shortcut.

Answer: Shift Diff: 3 Page Ref: 51 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) A red triangle in the upper-right corner of a cell indicates the existence of a(n) ________.

Answer: comment Diff: 2 Page Ref: 53 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

80) Documentation such as the author and modification history are contained a separate documentation ________.

Answer: worksheet Diff: 2 Page Ref: 54 Objective: Document Your Work Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) To place the insertion point in the contents of a cell, you ________ the cell.

Answer: double-click Diff: 2 Page Ref: 54 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) ________ data contains a combination of letters, numbers, and special characters available on a keyboard.

Answer: Text Diff: 1 Page Ref: 55 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) ________ data contains numbers and special characters such as the period (.) and hyphen (-).

Answer: Numeric Diff: 1 Page Ref: 55 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) ________ data is automatically left-aligned by Excel.

Answer: Text Diff: 2 Page Ref: 55 Objective: Enter and Edit Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) A(n) ________ cell range consists of cells directly adjacent to one another.

Answer: contiguous Diff: 2 Page Ref: 58 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) When pasting the contents of one cell into another, the cell receiving the contents is called the ________ cell.

Answer: destination Diff: 2 Page Ref: 58 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

87) You can select a contiguous range of cells by pressing and holding the ________ key when using it in combination with other navigation keys and/or the mouse.

Answer: Shift Diff: 2 Page Ref: 59 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) When copying and pasting the contents of one cell into another, the source cell has a(n) ________ border.

Answer: dashed Diff: 2 Page Ref: 59 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) After selecting a column, pressing the shortcut key ________ will insert a new column.

Answer: Ctrl + + Diff: 3 Page Ref: 62 Objective: Manipulate Cells and Cell Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) The height of rows is defined in ________.

Answer: points Diff: 2 Page Ref: 67 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) The ________ property adjusts the width of a column so that its cell contents fit in the column.

Answer: AutoFit Diff: 1 Page Ref: 68 Objective: Manipulate Columns and Rows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) You can use ________ to copy information from one cell, or a series of contiguous cells, into contiguous cells by dragging its handle in the desired direction.

Answer: AutoFill Diff: 2 Page Ref: 76 Objective: Manipulate Worksheets and Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) The ________ view is used to show page margins, print headers and footers, and page breaks.

Answer: Page Layout Diff: 2 Page Ref: 80 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

94) You can use ________ to manually adjust the location of page breaks.

Answer: Page Break Preview Diff: 2 Page Ref: 80 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) In Page Layout, an inserted page break is indicated by a(n) ________ line.

Answer: solid blue Diff: 3 Page Ref: 82 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) ________ shows you what your document will look like when it is printed.

Answer: Print Preview Diff: 1 Page Ref: 83 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) ________ place information at the bottom of each printed page.

Answer: Footers Diff: 1 Page Ref: 85 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 98) The white spaces at the edges of a printed page are called ________.

Answer: margins Diff: 1 Page Ref: 87 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 99) When using ________ orientation, the horizontal dimension of the paper is longer.

Answer: landscape Diff: 1 Page Ref: 88 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 100) When using ________ orientation, the vertical dimension of the paper is longer.

Answer: portrait Diff: 1 Page Ref: 88 Objective: Preview, Export, and Print Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

101) Match the following keyboard shortcuts to the movement of the active cell.

I. Enter II. Shift + Enter III. Home IV. Ctrl + Home V. Tab A. Column A of the current row B. Down one row C. One column to the right D. Up one row E. Cell A1 Answer: B, D, A, E, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 51 Objective: Navigate Within Worksheets and Workbooks, and Navigate Among Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 102) Match the following terms to their definition.

I. Cell reference II. Cell range III. AutoFill IV. Workbook V. PDF A. Copies information from a cell or cells to contiguous cells B. Document representation standard C. Selected worksheet cells D. Combination of a column letter and a row number E. File with at least on worksheet Answer: D, C, A, E, B Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

103) Match the following terms to their definition.

I. Portrait II. Landscape III. Function IV. Formula V. What-if analysis A. Horizontal dimension of the paper is longer B. An equation that produces a result C. Used to see how changing cell values affects calculated cells D. Vertical dimension of the paper is longer E. Built-in program that performs a task Answer: A, D, E, B, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 104) Match the following buttons to their action.

I. II. III. IV. V. A. Copy B. Wrap Text C. Cut D. Save E. Paste Answer: D, B, E, C, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

105) Match the following buttons to their action.

I. II. III. IV. V. A. Dialog box launcher B. Merge & Center C. Page Layout view D. Page Break Preview E. Normal view Answer: B, A, E, C, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 106) Match the following pointers to their use.

I. II. III. IV. V. A. Column width adjustment B. Move cells C. Move worksheet D. Vertical Page Break E. Copy cells Answer: B, E, A, C, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 1 Workshop 2 Format, Functions, and Formulas 1) The keyboard shortcut for apply the Comma format is ________.

A) Ctrl + !

B) Ctrl + , C) Ctrl + Shift + !

D) Ctrl + Shift + , Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 97 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) Which of the following is NOT a numerical format?

A) Integer B) Accounting C) Short Date D) General Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 97 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) How many options are there for aligning the contents within a cell?

A) Two B) Four C) Six D) Eight Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 101 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) is the ________ button.

A) Bottom Align B) Top Align C) Align Right D) Align Left Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 102 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) ________ Format Painter allows you to use it multiple times.

A) Right-clicking B) Double-clicking C) Clicking while pressing Ctrl D) Clicking while pressing Alt Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 105 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) The Cell Styles gallery is displayed by clicking Cell Styles in the ________.

A) Cells group on the HOME tab B) Styles group on the HOME tab C) Cells group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab D) Styles group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 107 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) The Picture dialog box is displayed by clicking Pictures in the ________.

A) Illustrations group on the INSERT tab B) Show group on the INSERT tab C) Illustrations group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab D) Show group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 108 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) is the ________ button.

A) Find Illustrations B) Snap to Grid C) Align Objects D) Insert Picture Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 108 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) The Table Styles gallery is displayed by clicking Format as Table in the ________.

A) Themes group on the HOME tab B) Styles group on the HOME tab C) Themes group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab D) Styles group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 109 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) To change a table back into a range, you click Convert to Range in the ________.

A) Tools group on the DESIGN tab B) Styles group on the DESIGN tab C) Tools group on the VIEW tab D) Styles group on the VIEW tab Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 110 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) The Themes gallery is displayed by clicking Themes in the ________.

A) Themes group on the HOME tab B) Styles group on the HOME tab C) Themes group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab D) Styles group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 111 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) COUNT, AVERAGE, MIN, and MAX are examples of Excel ________.

A) formulas B) functions C) arguments D) expressions Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 112 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) The AutoSum button is located in the ________.

A) Function Library on the HOME tab B) Number group on the HOME tab C) Function Library group on the FORMULAS tab D) Number group on the FORMULAS tab Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 112 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) ________ is the SUM keyboard shortcut.

A) Ctrl + = B) Alt + = C) Ctrl + + D) Alt + + Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 114 Objective: Calculate Totals in a Table Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) The Total Row check box is located in the ________ group on the DESIGN tab.

A) Table Style Options B) Number Styles C) Functions D) Totals Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 118 Objective: Calculate Totals in a Table Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) When cell D4 containing the formula =A4*B5 is copied to cell E2, the formula in cell E2 is ________.

A) =A4*B5 B) =B4*C5 C) =B2*C3 D) =A2*B3 Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 120 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) The first argument in the SUBTOTAL function identifies the ________.

A) number of decimal places in the result B) cell range C) number of significant digits in the result D) statistic to be calculated Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 120 Objective: Calculate Totals in a Table Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) Which of the following lists follows Excel's order of operations?

A) Parentheses Exponentiation Addition and subtraction Multiplication and division B) Parentheses Exponentiation Multiplication and division Addition and subtraction C) Exponentiation Parentheses Multiplication and division Addition and subtraction D) Exponentiation Parentheses Addition and subtraction Multiplication and division Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) Which of the following is Excel's symbol for multiplication?

A) # B) & C) x D) * Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) Following Excel's order of operations, what is the result of the formula =10-4/2*(5-2)?

A) 9 B) 13 C) 8.5 D) 4 Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 21) The Conditional Formatting button is located in the ________.

A) Cells group on the FORMAT tab B) Styles group on the FORMAT tab C) Cells group on the HOME tab D) Styles group on the HOME tab Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 123 Objective: Use Conditional Formatting to Assist Decision Making Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) To remove conditional formatting from a range of cells, after selecting the range of cells, ________.

A) click Conditional Formatting, point to Clear Rules, and select Clear Rules from Selected Cells B) click Conditional Formatting and click Delete Rules C) press Backspace D) press Delete Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 129 Objective: Use Conditional Formatting to Assist Decision Making Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) To hide a row of information, you place the mouse pointer over the row heading, ________.

A) click once, and in the Arrange group, click Hide Row B) click once, and in the View group, click Hide Row C) double-click and click Hide from the shortcut menu D) right-click and click Hide from the shortcut menu Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129 Objective: Hide Information in a Worksheet Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) To hide or show gridlines in a worksheet, you click Gridlines in the ________.

A) Workbook Views group on the VIEW tab B) Show group on the VIEW tab C) Workbook Views group on the HOME tab D) Show group on the HOME tab Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 130 Objective: Hide Information in a Worksheet Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 25) The Show Formulas button in located in the ________.

A) Show group on the VIEW tab B) Formula Auditing group on the VIEW tab C) Show group on the FORMULAS tab D) Formula Auditing group on the FORMULAS tab Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 131 Objective: Document Functions and Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) The keyboard shortcut to hide or show formulas in a worksheet is ________.

A) Ctrl + ~ B) Ctrl + @ C) Alt + ~ D) Alt + @ Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132 Objective: Document Functions and Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) Excel can present information in tabular and graphical formats.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 96 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) The Comma format is just the Accounting format with the currency symbol.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 97 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 29) is the Currency button.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 97 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) When using the Currency number format, zero values are displayed as a long dash (–) at the decimal position.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 99 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) When adding a fill color to a cell, the color palette is displayed by clicking the Fill Color button.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 103 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) You should use at most three fonts in a worksheet.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 105 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 33) A table style is a predefined set of formatting properties that control the appearance of a table.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 109 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) Striping uses alternating background colors of rows or columns to aid in visually tracking information.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 109 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) When using a table, is the Sort arrow.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 110 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) Once a range of data has been converted to a table, it CANNOT be converted back into a range.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 110 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) The default Excel theme is the Office theme.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 111 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) You can apply a different theme to each worksheet in your workbook.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 111 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) Formatting does not change the data value, it only changes its appearance.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 111 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) The AutoSum button is located in the Editing group on the HOME tab.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 112 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) You can use AutoSum function be selecting either the destination cell or the source cell(s).

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 112 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) The argument for the COUNT function is limited to a range of contiguous cells.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 113 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) Clicking the AutoSum button displays a list of additional numeric functions such as COUNT and MAX. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 115 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

44) The MAX function finds the largest number in a range of numeric cells.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) To find the smallest numerical value in a range of cells, you would use the MIN function.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 116 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) When you format a range as a table, you must name every column in the table.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 117 Objective: Calculate Totals in a Table Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) By applying a filter to a table, you can determine which data are shown.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 117 Objective: Calculate Totals in a Table Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) Adding a total row to a table only allows you to sum the columns.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 117 Objective: Calculate Totals in a Table Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) Only visible data is a table is used by the SUBTOTAL function in calculating results.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 117 Objective: Calculate Totals in a Table Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) When first argument in the SUBTOTAL function is in the range 101-111, only the visible values in the specified range are used.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 120 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

51) When cell D5 containing the formula =B5+E5 is copied to cell F6, the formula in cell F6 is =D6+G6.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 120 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) ^ is the symbol used in Excel to indicate multiplication.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) Following Excel's order of operations, the result of the formula =2^3-6/2 is 1.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) Conditional formatting allows you to dynamically change the appearance of cells so that it adds information to your worksheet.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 123 Objective: Use Conditional Formatting to Assist Decision Making Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) To remove conditional formatting from a range of cells, you select the range of cells and then press Delete.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129 Objective: Use Conditional Formatting to Assist Decision Making Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) Conditional Formatting is a toggle button.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129 Objective: Use Conditional Formatting to Assist Decision Making Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) You can hide an individual cell by right-clicking the cell and selecting Hide from the shortcut menu.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129 Objective: Hide Information in a Worksheet Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

58) To display a hidden row, you select the rows above and below the hidden row, right-click the selection, and then select Unhide from the shortcut menu.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 130 Objective: Hide Information in a Worksheet Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) Gridlines is a toggle button.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 130 Objective: Hide Information in a Worksheet Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) Ctrl + & is the keyboard shortcut to hide or show formulas in a worksheet.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132 Objective: Document Functions and Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) Show Formulas is a toggle button.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132 Objective: Document Functions and Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) Exporting worksheets in Formula View to a PDF file is an excellent way to document your workbook.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 132 Objective: Document Functions and Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) Excel's ________ format is used to present information in charts, graphs, and pictures.

Answer: Graphical Diff: 2 Page Ref: 96 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) The ________ number formatting displays commas and decimal points but not currency symbols.

Answer: Comma Diff: 2 Page Ref: 97 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) is the ________ button.

Answer: Accounting Number format Diff: 2 Page Ref: 97 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) When using the Accounting number format, negative numbers are indicated by ________.

Answer: parentheses or ( ) Diff: 3 Page Ref: 99 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) When using the ________ number format, negative numbers can be displayed with a dash (—), parentheses, or in red.

Answer: Currency Diff: 3 Page Ref: 99 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) When a number format is applied to a cell, its contents are ________ aligned in the cell.

Answer: right Diff: 2 Page Ref: 101 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) When a text format is applied to a cell, its contents are ________ aligned in the cell.

Answer: left Diff: 2 Page Ref: 101 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) ________ color is the background color of a cell.

Answer: Fill Diff: 1 Page Ref: 103 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) When adding a border to a cell, the Borders menu is displayed by clicking the ________.

Answer: Borders arrow Diff: 2 Page Ref: 103 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) To see more of a worksheet, you can ________ a tab to hide the Ribbon.

Answer: double-click Diff: 2 Page Ref: 104 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) is the ________ button.

Answer: Format Painter Diff: 1 Page Ref: 105 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) Pressing the ________ key deactivates Format Pointer.

Answer: Esc Diff: 2 Page Ref: 105 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) The ________ paste option pastes a range of cells to a new range of cells with columns and rows switched.

Answer: Transpose Diff: 3 Page Ref: 106 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) is the ________ button.

Answer: Paste Values Diff: 2 Page Ref: 106 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) A(n) ________ cell style is a predefined and named combination of cell-formatting and content-formatting that can be applied to a cell or range of cells.

Answer: built-in Diff: 2 Page Ref: 107 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) A(n) ________ is a data-formatting tool that simplifies data sorting, filtering, and calculations.

Answer: table Diff: 2 Page Ref: 108 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) A(n) ________ is a collection of fonts, styles, colors, and effects applied to a worksheet.

Answer: theme Diff: 2 Page Ref: 111 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) A(n) ________ is a program that perform an operation on data.

Answer: function Diff: 2 Page Ref: 112 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) The values inside a function's parentheses are called ________.

Answer: arguments Diff: 2 Page Ref: 112 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) The financial, mathematical, and text functions that are provided by Excel are called ________ functions.

Answer: built-in Diff: 2 Page Ref: 112 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) is the ________ button.

Answer: AutoSum Diff: 1 Page Ref: 113 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) To find the greatest numerical value in a range of cells, you would use the ________ function.

Answer: MAX Diff: 1 Page Ref: 116 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) To apply the COUNT function to a selected range of cells containing numbers, you begin by clicking the ________ arrow.

Answer: AutoSum Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

86) To apply the MIN or MAX function to a selected range of cells, you begin by clicking the ________ arrow.

Answer: AutoSum Diff: 2 Page Ref: 117 Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) +, *, and ^ are examples of Excel ________.

Answer: mathematical operators Diff: 1 Page Ref: 120 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) When cell C6 containing the formula =D6/E7 is copied to cell A1, the formula in cell A1 is ________.

Answer: =B1/C2 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 120 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) The symbol used in Excel to indicate division is ________.

Answer: / Diff: 1 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) Following Excel's order of operations, the result of the formula =2*4-2^3 is ________.

Answer: 0 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) The Top 10 Items option is displayed by selecting the ________ Rules from the Conditional Formatting menu.

Answer: Top/Bottom Diff: 3 Page Ref: 123 Objective: Use Conditional Formatting to Assist Decision Making Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) You can hide a column by placing the mouse pointer over the ________, right-clicking, and then selecting Hide from the shortcut menu.

Answer: column heading Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129 Objective: Hide Information in a Worksheet Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) A(n) ________ is a value used for calculation or comparison purposes that is stored in a single location and can be used many times but be edited in that single location.

Answer: parameter Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129 Objective: Hide Information in a Worksheet Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) is the ________ button.

Answer: Show Formulas Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131 Objective: Document Functions and Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) Match the following keyboard shortcuts to their numeric format.

I. Ctrl + Shift + $ II. Ctrl + Shift + ~ III. Ctrl + Shift + % IV. Ctrl + Shift + # V. Ctrl + Shift + @ A. Percentage B. Currency C. Time D. General E. Short Date Answer: B, D, A, E, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 97 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

96) Match the following terms to their definition.

I. Function II. Formula III. Constant IV. Theme V. Parameter A. Number that never changes B. Value used in calculations or comparisons stored in a single location C. Performs basic mathematical calculations D. Program that performs operations on data E. Collection of fonts, styles, colors, and effects Answer: D, C, A, E, B Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) Match the following functions to their definition.

I. MAX II. MIN III. SUM IV. AVERAGE V. COUNT A. Finds the largest value a range B. Adds the cells a range and divides by the number of cells in a range C. Returns the number of cells in a range containing numbers D. Finds the smallest value in a range E. Adds the cells in a range Answer: A, D, E, B, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Create Information with Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Match the following operator symbols to their operation.

I. / II. ^ III. * IV. V. + A. Exponentiation B. Division C. Subtraction D. Addition E. Multiplication Answer: B, A, E, C, D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 121 Objective: Create Information with Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 99) Match the following buttons to their action.

I. II. III. IV. V. A. Format Painter B. Paste Formatting C. Paste Formulas D. Paste Link E. Paste Values Answer: A, B, E, C, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Match the following buttons to their action.

I. II. III. IV. V. A. Center B. Orientation C. Increase Indent D. Align Left E. Bottom Align Answer: B, A, E, C, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 102 Objective: Format Cells, Cell Ranges, and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 2 Workshop 3 Cell References, Named Ranges, and Functions 1) There are how many different cell references?

A) 2 B) 3 C) 4 D) 5 Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 154 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) An absolute cell reference is denoted by a(n) ________.

A) dollar sign ($) B) asterisk (*) C) number sign (#) D) at sign (@) Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 154 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) When cell B2 containing the formula =A4*B6 is copied to cell C1, the formula in cell C1 is ________.

A) =A4*B6 B) =B3*C5 C) =A4*C5 D) =B3*C6 Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 156 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) When cell A4 containing the formula =$B$5/$C$6 is copied to cell F6, the formula in cell F6 is ________.

A) =G7/H8 B) =$G$7/$H$8 C) =B5/C6 D) =$B$5/$C$6 Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 157 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) Instead of typing the $ symbol in a cell reference, you can use the ________ keyboard shortcut.

A) F2 B) F3 C) F4 D) F6 Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 159 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) When cell D4 containing the formula =$A4-B$5 is copied to cell E2, the formula in cell E2 is ________.

A) =$A4-B$5 B) =B4-C5 C) =$A2-C$5 D) =$A2-B$3 Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 159 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) A named range CANNOT begin with a(n) ________.

A) number B) letter C) underscore (_) D) backslash (\) Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 162 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) Which of the following is an alternative to using a space in a named range?

A) Use a hyphen B) Use an equal sign C) Use an underscore D) Capitalize the first letter of each word Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 162 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) To modify a named range, you select its name in the Name Box, then click Name Manager in the ________.

A) Defined Names group on the HOME tab B) Edit Names group on the HOME tab C) Defined Names group on the FORMULAS tab D) Edit group on the FORMULAS tab Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 163 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) ________ is the keyboard shortcut to display a list of named ranges.

A) F1 B) F2 C) F3 D) F4 Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 164 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) To display the Create Names from Selection dialog box, you click Create From Selection in the ________.

A) Defined Names group on the FORMULAS tab B) Edit group on the FORMULAS tab C) Defined Names group on the HOME tab D) Edit group on the HOME tab Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 165 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) Function arguments are enclosed in a pair of ________.

A) braces { } B) parentheses ( ) C) brackets [ ] D) quotes " " Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 166 Objective: Create and Structure Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) The inputs used by an Excel function are called ________.

A) parameters B) arguments C) dependent variables D) independent variables Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 166 Objective: Create and Structure Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) Which of the following is NOT an Excel function category?

A) Educational B) Cube C) Logical D) Financial Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 168 Objective: Create and Structure Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) If you wanted to find which value occurs most often in a cell range, you would use the ________ function.

A) MEDIAN B) MEAN C) MODE.SNGL D) AVERAGE Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 172 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) Which of the following functions returns the number in the middle of a set of numbers?

A) MEDIAN B) COUNTA C) MEAN D) AVERAGE Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 172 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) If you wanted to determine how many cells in a range are not empty, you would use the ________ function.

A) COUNT B) COUNTA C) NOTEMPTY D) HASVALUE Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 172 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) The ________ function returns the number of workdays between to dates.

A) NETWORKDAYS B) WORKINGDAYS C) DAYS D) WEEKNUM Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 174 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) If you want to find the time between two dates, you would use the ________ function.

A) DATE B) TIME C) DATEDIF D) WEEKNUM Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 174 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) The YEAR function returns the year in the range ________.

A) 0-9000 B) 1000-9000 C) 1000-9999 D) 1900-9999 Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 174 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) Which of the following is NOT a unit value option for the DATEDIF? A) H B) M C) D D) Y Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 176 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) The result of =CONCATENATE("12","34") is ________.

A) 45 B) 22 C) 1234 D) #NUM! Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) The result of =FIND("is","Mississippi",3) is ________.

A) 2 B) 4 C) 5 D) 6 Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) The result of =MID("Tallahassee",6,3) is ________.

A) Tall B) lahass C) has D) hassee Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) Which of the following is NOT a Lookup or Reference function?

A) VLOOKUP B) INDEX C) FIND D) MATCH Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 181 Objective: Use Financial and Lookup Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) Using the information in the format shown below and given a student's numerical average, which Excel function would be used to determine the student's letter grade?

A) VLOOKUP B) HLOOKUP C) INDEX D) MATCH Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 181 Objective: Use Financial and Lookup Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

27) Which of the following is NOT a financial function?

A) PMT B) PPMT C) NPV D) APR Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 184 Objective: Use Financial and Lookup Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) Which of the following is NOT a comparison operator symbol?

A) = B) ≠ C) < D) >= Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 186 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 29) Given the following information:

What is the result of =IF( B4>65,"Passing","Failing")?

A) TRUE B) FALSE C) Passing D) Failing Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) Which of the following is NOT a common error message?

A) #NPV? B) #NAME? C) #REF! D) #VALUE! Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 190 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) What is the error message when you attempt to use a cell that has been deleted as a function argument?

A) #NPV? B) #NAME? C) #REF! D) #N/A Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 190 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) Given the following information:

What is the result of =C1/A7?

A) #VALUE! B) #REF! C) #N/A D) #DIV/0!

Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) Absolute cell referencing uses the # symbol.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 154 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) =$B$2 - C5 is an example of mixed cell referencing.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 154 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) When constructing a formula, Excel's default reference type is relative cell referencing.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 155 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) When cell D3 containing the formula =C4*B4 is copied to cell F2, the formula in cell F2 is =C4*B4.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 156 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) When cell A3 containing the formula =$A$5+$B$6 is copied to cell G7, the formula in cell G7 is =$G$9+$H$10.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 157 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) When cell B3 containing the formula =$B4-C$5 is copied to cell D6, the formula in cell D6 is =$B7-E$5.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 159 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) A named range is a group of cells that have been given a name, which you can use when writing a formula or function.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 162 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

40) A named range can begin with the / symbol.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 162 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) A named range CANNOT contain any spaces.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 162 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) If you incorrectly name a range, you can rename it by selecting the data and naming the range again.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 163 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) If you type =C, a list of functions and named ranges beginning with the letter "C" appears.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 164 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) Semantics is the structure and order of the function and the arguments used by Excel to perform a calculation.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 166 Objective: Create and Structure Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) The Text Excel function category provides data about cell content within a worksheet.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 168 Objective: Create and Structure Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) Excel's RANDBETWEEN function returns a random number from 0 to less than 1.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

47) The result of =ROUNDDOWN(98.765,0) is 98.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) Excel's AVERAGE function returns the mean of a set of numbers.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 172 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) Excel's MAXIMUM function returns the largest number from a set of numbers.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 172 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Excel's WEEKDAY function returns a number from 1-7 or 0-6.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 174 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) Excel's DAY function returns the day of the month.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 174 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) Excel's TIME function returns the number of minutes in the range 1 to 60.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 175 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) The TODAY and NOW functions return the same result.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 175 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) The result of =DATEDIF("12/21/2014","11/02/2016","Y") is 2.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 176 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

55) The result of =LEFT("Washington",4) is Wash.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) The result of =LEN("54") is 9.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) The TRIM function returns text from which any leading, trailing, or extra spaces between words have been removed.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) In financial applications, the word "term" refers to the total time of a loan, usually in months or years.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 183 Objective: Use Financial and Lookup Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) The logical comparison operator for not equal is ≠.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 186 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) The logical comparison operator for greater than or equal to is ≥.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 186 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) The OR function returns TRUE if any one of its arguments is true.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) The AND function returns FALSE if any one of its arguments is FALSE. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) The IFERROR function returns either a specified value if a function or formula returns an error; or it returns the value of the function or formula.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) You are likely to see the #NAME? error message if you typed =SIM(B4:D8) instead of =SUM(B4:D8).

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 190 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) A(n) ________ cell reference changes when a formula or function is copied from one location to another location.

Answer: relative Diff: 1 Page Ref: 154 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) =B$4 + $D5 is an example of ________ cell referencing.

Answer: mixed Diff: 2 Page Ref: 154 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) When cell C3 containing the formula =B4*C6 is copied to cell D1, the formula in cell D1 is ________.

Answer: =C2*D4 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 156 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) When cell D3 containing the formula =$B$5^$C$6 is copied to cell G7, the formula in cell G7 is ________.

Answer: =$B$5^$C$6 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 157 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

69) When cell C3 containing the formula =$C4-B$4 is copied to cell D8, the formula in cell D8 is ________.

Answer: =$C9-C$4 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 159 Objective: Understand the Types of Cell References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) A(n) ________is an extension of a cell reference and provides a way to identify commonly used cell references or ranges.

Answer: named range Diff: 1 Page Ref: 162 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) You create a named range by using the ________.

Answer: Name Box Diff: 1 Page Ref: 162 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) A(n) ________ is a named calculation which Excel uses to calculate the output based on the provided input.

Answer: function Diff: 2 Page Ref: 166 Objective: Create Named Ranges Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) ________ refers to the structure and order of the function and the arguments used by Excel to perform a calculation.

Answer: Syntax Diff: 2 Page Ref: 166 Objective: Create and Structure Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) The ________ Excel function category works with URL and XML connections.

Answer: Web Diff: 2 Page Ref: 168 Objective: Create and Structure Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) Excel's ________ function returns the smallest number from a set of numbers.

Answer: MIN Diff: 1 Page Ref: 172 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

76) Excel's ________ function rounds a number down to the nearest integer.

Answer: INT Diff: 2 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) Excel's ________ function returns a random number from 0 to less than 1.

Answer: RAND Diff: 2 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) Excel's ________ function rounds a number down to the specified number of digits.

Answer: ROUNDDOWN Diff: 2 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) The result of =ROUND(123.456,2) is ________.

Answer: 123.46 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) The result of =ROUNDUP(123.456,0) is ________.

Answer: 124 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) Excel's ________ returns the current date and time.

Answer: NOW Diff: 2 Page Ref: 175 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) Excel's WEEKDAY function returns a number in the range 1-7 or ________.

Answer: 0-6 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 174 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) ________ indicates that an error occurred when using the DATEDIF function Answer: #NUM! Diff: 3 Page Ref: 176 Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

84) The result of =RIGHT("Texas",2) is ________.

Answer: as Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) The result of =PROPER("KANSAS") is ________.

Answer: Kansas Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) The result of =UPPER("Anthony") is ________.

Answer: ANTHONY Diff: 2 Page Ref: 178 Objective: Use and Understand Text Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) In financial applications, the word ________ refers to the frequency of payments, such as monthly payments.

Answer: period Diff: 2 Page Ref: 183 Objective: Use Financial and Lookup Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) A(n) ________ function determines if a statement is either true or false.

Answer: logical Diff: 2 Page Ref: 186 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) The comparison operator for less than or equal to is ________.

Answer: <= Diff: 2 Page Ref: 186 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) The comparison operator for does not equal is ________.

Answer: <> Diff: 2 Page Ref: 186 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) The ________ logical function will return one of two values depending upon whether the logical test being evaluated is true or false.

Answer: IF Diff: 2 Page Ref: 186 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) The ________ logical function returns true only if all of its arguments are true.

Answer: AND Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) Given the following information:

The result of =AND( A4<B4, C6>B2, B1=B5) is ________.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) Given the following information:

The result of =OR( A4>B4, C1>B3, B3=A5) is ________.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) What is the error message when you attempt to multiple a number by text?

Answer: #VALUE! Diff: 2 Page Ref: 190 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) What is the error message when you attempt to divide a number by zero?

Answer: #DIV/0!

Diff: 2 Page Ref: 190 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) Match the following comparison operator symbols to their meaning.

I. = II. < III. <> IV. >= V. > A. Not equal to B. Equal to C. Greater than D. Less than E. Greater than or equal to Answer: B, D, A, E, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 Objective: Use Logical Functions and Troubleshoot Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Match the following functions to their definition.

I. ABS II. INT III. RAND IV. ROUND V. ROUNDDOWN A. Rounds a number down to the nearest integer B. Rounds a number down to the specified number of digits C. Returns a random number D. Returns the absolute value of a number E. Rounds a number to the specified number of digits Answer: D, A, C, E, B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 169 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 99) Match the following functions to their definition.

I. AVERAGE II. COUNT III. MODE.SNGL IV. MEDIAN V. COUNTA A. Returns the mean of a set of numbers B. Returns the number in the middle of a set of numbers C. Counts the number of cells in a range that are not empty D. Counts the number of cells in a range that contain numbers E. Returns the value the occurs most often in a range Answer: A, D, E, B, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 172 Objective: Use and Understand Math and Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Match the following functions to their definition.

I. NOW II. TODAY III. DATE IV. DATEDIF V. SECOND A. Returns the computer system date B. Returns the number that represents the date in Microsoft Excel code C. Returns the time unit specified between and including two dates D. Returns the number of second in a time value E. Returns the computer system data and time Answer: E, A, B, C, D Diff: 1 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Use and Understand Date and Time Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 101) Match the following buttons to their action.

I. II. III. IV. V. A. Insert Function B. AutoFill C. Error Message D. Close E. Decrease Decimal Answer: A, B, E, C, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

102) Match the following terms to their definition.

I. Flash Fill II. Syntax III. Mixed cell reference IV. Name Manager V. Named range A. Structure and order of a function and its arguments B. Recognizes patterns as you type and automatically enters in values C. Used to create, edit, delete, or troubleshoot named ranges D. Combination of absolute and relative addressing E. Group of cells that have been given a name for use within a formula Answer: B, A, D, C, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

22 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 2 Workshop 4 Effective Charts 1) Which of the following is NOT a primary business charting objective?

A) Data modification B) Data exploration C) Argumentation D) Hypothesis testing Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 198 Objective: Introduction Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) To enter a footer or header to a worksheet, you click Header & Footer in the: A) Page setup group on the INSERT tab.

B) Text group on the INSERT tab.

C) Page setup group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab.

D) Text group on the PAGE LAYOUT tab.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 199 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) The related data values used in creating a chart are called ________.

A) a legend B) category labels C) data series D) value labels Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 199 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) When creating a chart from data in a worksheet, the legend data is indicated by ________.

A) shading the data with a light purple background B) surrounding the data with a purple border C) changing font color of the data to red D) surrounding the data with a red dashed border Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 199 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) Which of the following is NOT one of the CHART TOOLS contextual tabs?

A) Chart Elements B) Chart Area C) Chart Filters D) Chart Styles Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 200 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) To view additional information or modify labels, you would click the ________ conceptual tab.

A) Chart Elements B) Chart Styles C) Chart Area D) Chart Editing Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 200 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) Excel's ________ feature analyzes a selection in a worksheet and suggests chart types that best fit the selected data.

A) Chart Wizard B) Chart Maker C) Recommended Charts D) Chart Styles Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 202 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) To display the Move Chart dialog box, you click Move Chart in the ________.

A) Chart Layouts group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab B) Location group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab C) Chart Layouts group on the CHART TOOLS DESIGN tab D) Location group on the CHART TOOLS DESIGN tab Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 205 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) To illustrate the relationship of the parts to the whole, you would use a(n) ________ chart.

A) Line B) Pie C) Scatter D) Area Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 206 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) To show changes over time, you would use a ________ chart.

A) Line B) Column C) Bar D) Pie Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 207 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) If you wanted to see how the value of Apple's stock has changed during the past year, you would use a ________ chart.

A) Scatter B) Column C) Line D) Pie Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 207 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) To see possible types of graph to use, you can click Recommended Charts in the ________.

A) Illustrations group on the INSERT tab.

B) Charts group on the INSERT tab.

C) Illustrations group on the VIEW tab.

D) Charts group on the VIEW tab.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 207 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) If you wanted to compare the percentages of students in a class that received A's, that received B's, that received C's, and so on, you would use a ________ chart.

A) Radar B) Column C) Scatter D) Pie Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 208 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) A(n) ________ chart is useful for showing categories that change over time and where each column represents a unit of time.

A) Column B) Radar C) Area D) Surface Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 208 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15)

The chart shown above depicts a(n) ________ chart.

A) Surface B) Area C) Bar D) Column Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 208 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

16) A ________ chart is used to shows project schedule where each bar represents a project component or task.

A) Gantt B) Flow C) Structure D) Venn Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 209 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17) A ________ chart can show information such as start and end times, sequence of tasks, and people assigned to each task.

A) Scatter B) Combination C) Gantt D) Flow Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 209 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) To show the relationship between two numeric variables, you would use a ________ chart.

A) Cluster B) Surface C) Scatter D) Radar Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 210 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

19)

The chart shown above depicts a(n) ________ chart.

A) Area B) Radar C) Scatter D) Cluster Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 211 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20)

The chart shown above depicts a(n) ________ chart.

A) Line B) Scatter C) Radar D) Area Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 212 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) To modify the layout and data in an existing chart, you click Change Chart Type in the ________.

A) Chart Layouts group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab B) Type group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab C) Chart Layouts group on the CHART TOOLS DESIGN tab D) Type group on the CHART TOOLS DESIGN tab Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 215 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) To place an image into a chart, you click ________ in the Illustrations group on the INSERT tab.

A) Pictures B) Figures C) Illustrations D) Images Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 216 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) To place an object such as a rectangle or circle into a chart, you click ________ in the Illustrations group on the INSERT tab.

A) Figures B) Objects C) Shapes D) Forms Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 216 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) To open the Format Axis task pane, you ________.

A) click anywhere in the chart and click select Format Axis in the Arrange group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab B) click anywhere in the chart and click select Format Axis in the Layouts group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab C) right-click anywhere in the chart and select Format Axis from the menu D) double-click on the axis Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 220 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) A(n) ________ is a line that uses current data to display the progress or general direction of the data.

A) major gridline B) minor gridline C) trendline D) axis Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 221 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) Which of the following is NOT an Excel trendline type?

A) Quadratic B) Linear C) Exponential D) Two-period moving average Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 222 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) To change the color of a chart , you click Change Colors in the ________.

A) Chart Layouts group on the CHART TOOLS DESIGN tab B) Chart Styles group on the CHART TOOLS DESIGN tab C) Chart Layouts group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab D) Chart Styles group on the CHART TOOLS FORMAT tab Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 223 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) Which of the following is NOT a chart background fill option?

A) Transition B) Color C) Pattern D) Picture Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 226 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) ________ are small charts that are embedded into the cells in a worksheet to help with trend analysis.

A) Minicharts B) Microcharts C) Sparklines D) Data bars Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 227 Objective: Use Sparklines and Data Bars to Emphasize Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30)

In the worksheet above, the red arrow is pointing at a ________.

A) trendline B) sparkline C) regression line D) progression line Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 228 Objective: Use Sparklines and Data Bars to Emphasize Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) PNG, JPEG, and GIF are examples of file extensions used for ________ files.

A) template B) dynamic worksheet C) picture D) chart or graph Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 231 Objective: Recognize and Correct Confusing Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) A chart is limited to a single data series.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 199 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) Actions performed in the Chart Formatting Control can be performed through the Chart Tools contextual tab on the Ribbon.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 200 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) To activate the Chart Tools contextual tab, you double-click the chart border.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 202 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) To deselect a chosen chart object, you can press Esc. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 202 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) The Recommend Charts feature is located on the INSERT tab on the Ribbon.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 202 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) Clicking allows single-click access to formatting, formulas, and sparklines.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 202 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) To move a chart, you double-click its border and drag the chart to a new location.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 203 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) You can use the corners or middle areas of a chart border to resize a chart.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 203 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

40) A chart sheet contains both the chart and the data associated with the chart.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 204 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) To create a pie chart, two data series, the labels and a set of corresponding values are required.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 206 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) To create a line chart, at least one set of labels and at least one set of corresponding data are needed.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 207 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) A scatter chart is displayed vertically and is useful for comparing categorized data sets.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 207 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44)

The chart shown above depicts a line chart.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 208 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

45) A bar chart is displayed horizontally and is useful for comparing categorized data sets.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 208 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) To examine the relationship between two numeric variables, you would use a scatter chart.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 210 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) A scatter chart is a variation of a stacked line chart emphasizing the amount of change over time.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 211 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) When using an area chart, the x-axis typically involves time.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 211 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) The chart layouts are available in the Chart Layouts group under the Chart Tools contextual tabs on the Design tab.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 214 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Chart layouts focus on location of components, whereas styles focus more on the color coordination and effects of the components.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 215 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) If a change is made to a worksheet, you have to make the corresponding change to the connected chart.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 215 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

52) After inserting a shape into a graph, you can enter text in the shape.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 217 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) You can add chart and axes titles on the Chart Tools Format tab or with the Chart Elements button.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 217 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) By clicking the Chart Elements button, you can add, move, or remove data labels.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 218 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) Care must be taken when adding or removing chart elements, since the position of other elements may change.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 219 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) You can remove a chart element by selecting it and then pressing Delete.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 219 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) By default, Excel displays both major gridlines and minor gridlines on a chart.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 220 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) When adding colors to a chart, more is better.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 223 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) An enhanced pie chart is a chart in which a slice is pulled outward away from the other slices.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 224 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) You can enhance chart text by formatting it as WordArt. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 224 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) A common enhancement for a line chart is the addition of color, weight, and marker size.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 227 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) Exploding a pie slice is a common pie chart enhancement.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 227 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) You can display data bars as a one-color solid fill or a gradient fill from left to right as the numerical value increases.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 229 Objective: Use Sparklines and Data Bars to Emphasize Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) Printing a chart is basically the same as printing a worksheet.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 231 Objective: Recognize and Correct Confusing Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) ________ is the graphical presentation of data focusing on qualitative understanding.

Answer: Data visualization Diff: 2 Page Ref: 198 Objective: Introduction Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

66) A(n) ________ is an individual value in a data series.

Answer: data point Diff: 2 Page Ref: 199 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) When creating a chart from data in a worksheet, the data series is surrounded by a(n) ________ border.

Answer: blue Diff: 2 Page Ref: 199 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) When working with a chart, you click the ________ to display the CHART TOOLS. Answer: chart border Diff: 2 Page Ref: 200 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) To display the Format Data Labels task pane, you click the Data Labels ________ and select More Options.

Answer: arrow Diff: 3 Page Ref: 200 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) To change the style of a chart, you would click the ________ conceptual tab.

Answer: Chart Styles Diff: 1 Page Ref: 201 Objective: Explore Chart Types, Layouts, and Styles Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) A(n) ________ is a special worksheet that only contains chart objects.

Answer: chart sheet Diff: 2 Page Ref: 202 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) The ________ tool is a contextual tool that provides single-click access to charts and PivotTables.

Answer: Quick Analysis Diff: 2 Page Ref: 202 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

73) When formatting a chart area, you would click , which is the ________ button used to display chart properties.

Answer: Size & Properties Diff: 2 Page Ref: 204 Objective: Explore the Positioning of Charts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74)

The chart shown above depicts a(n) ________ chart.

Answer: pie Diff: 1 Page Ref: 206 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) A(n) ________ chart is displayed vertically and is useful for comparing categorized data sets.

Answer: column Diff: 2 Page Ref: 208 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

76)

The chart shown above depicts a(n) ________ chart.

Answer: bar or stacked bar Diff: 2 Page Ref: 208 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) A common use for ________ charts is for project management.

Answer: Gantt Diff: 3 Page Ref: 209 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) If you wanted to see if there is relationship between the miles per hour over the speed limit recorded on a ticket and the amount of the resulting fine, you would use a(n) ________ chart.

Answer: scatter Diff: 2 Page Ref: 210 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) A(n) ________ chart stacks a series of colored layers and can be used to see trends over a period of time.

Answer: area Diff: 2 Page Ref: 211 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) A(n) ________ chart highlights regions showing growth over time or for categories and is a variation of a line chart.

Answer: area Diff: 2 Page Ref: 212 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

81) A(n) ________ chart displays two different types of data using multiple chart types in a single chart.

Answer: combination Diff: 2 Page Ref: 213 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82)

The chart shown above depicts a(n) ________ chart.

Answer: combination Diff: 2 Page Ref: 214 Objective: Understand Different Chart Types Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) In a chart, the ________ is an index that identifies the data.

Answer: legend Diff: 2 Page Ref: 218 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

84)

The chart shown above depicts a(n) ________ chart.

Answer: Gantt Diff: 3 Page Ref: 220 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) ________ are lines that help determine the size of the bars, columns, or data lines.

Answer: Gridlines Diff: 1 Page Ref: 220 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) ________ gridlines are displayed at each of the designated label values.

Answer: Major Diff: 1 Page Ref: 220 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) ________ gridlines are the lines between designated label values.

Answer: Minor Diff: 1 Page Ref: 220 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) Gridlines can be customized by using the Format ________ Gridlines task pane.

Answer: Major Diff: 3 Page Ref: 220 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

89)

In the chart above, the line to which the red arrow is pointing, is called a(n) ________.

Answer: trendline Diff: 2 Page Ref: 222 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) A(n) ________ trendline adds/sets a linear trendline with a two-period forecast for the designated chart series.

Answer: linear forecast Diff: 3 Page Ref: 222 Objective: Change Chart Data and Styles for Presentations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) Using a(n) ________ pie chart, you can emphasize a slice by moving it out away from the other slices.

Answer: exploded Diff: 1 Page Ref: 224 Objective: Edit and Format Charts to Add Emphasis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) A common enhancement for a scatter chart is the addition of ________.

Answer: sparklines Diff: 3 Page Ref: 227 Objective: Use Sparklines and Data Bars to Emphasize Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) The graphic components that are overlaid onto data in worksheet cells are called ________.

Answer: data bars Diff: 2 Page Ref: 229 Objective: Use Sparklines and Data Bars to Emphasize Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

94)

In the worksheet above, the red arrow is pointing at a(n) ________ Answer: data bar Diff: 2 Page Ref: 229 Objective: Use Sparklines and Data Bars to Emphasize Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) Match the following terms to their definition.

I. Data point II. Combination III. Gantt IV. Trendline V. Sparkline A. Chart that uses multiple chart types B. Small chart embedding in a worksheet cell C. Chart used in project management D. Individual data value E. Shows the general direction of the data being plotted Answer: D, A, C, E, B Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

96) Match the following terms to their definition.

I. Data bar II. Chart Sheet III. Data series IV. Quick Analysis V. Data visualization A. Graphic representation overlaid on a worksheet cell B. Tool allowing single-click access to formatting,, charts, and formulas C. Graphical presentation of data D. Worksheet restricted to displaying chart objects E. Group of related data values Answer: A, D, E, B, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) Match the following buttons to their action.

I. II. III. IV. V. A. Chart Elements B. Chart Filters C. Size and Properties D. Fill & Line E. Chart Styles Answer: A, B, E, C, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

22 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Match the following chart types to their application.

I. Pie II. Bar III. Column IV. Line V. Scatter A. Compares data horizontally B. Compares the relationship of parts to a whole C. Shows changes within a data series D. Compares data vertically E. Used for correlations Answer: B, A, D, C, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Multiple Objectives Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

23 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 3 Workshop 5 Complex Conditional and Retrieval Functions 1) ________ functions enable evaluation and choices to be integrated into an Excel spreadsheet.

A) Logical B) Comparison C) Decision D) Conditional Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 254 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) Which of the following is NOT a common logical function?

A) IF B) NA C) OR D) NOT Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 254 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) Data that is manually calculated is known as ________ data.

A) static B) dynamic C) retrieved D) generated Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 255 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) A(n) ________ advantage is the strategic advantage that a business has over its competition.

A) unfair B) business C) competitive D) generated Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 256 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) The IF function has ________ arguments.

A) 2 B) 3 C) 4 D) 5 Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) The second argument of the IF function is ________.

A) [value_if_true] B) [value_if_false] C) [logical_test] D) [criteria] Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) If cell B7 contains a value that is greater than 20, and "ORDER" will be displayed when the logical test is TRUE, which of the following contains the correct IF function syntax?

A) =IF(B7<20, "ORDER", "OK") B) =IF(B7<20, "OK", "ORDER") C) =IF(B7>20, "ORDER", "OK") D) =IF(B7>20, "OK", "ORDER") Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) All of the following statements are TRUE about the IF function EXCEPT: A) The [value_if_false] argument may be omitted from the IF function.

B) The IF function is the most common logical function.

C) The TRUE argument of the IF function is optional.

D) Cell references listed in the IF function must be capitalized.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 257, 259 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) A(n) ________ allows you to break down potential decisions in a logical, structured format.

A) decision model B) decision tree C) true/false diagram D) IF function diagram Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) The following function is an example of a(n) ________ function. =IF(SUM(H2:J7)>Total_Sales,.05,"No Commission") A) integrated B) complex C) detailed D) compound Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 261 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) A ________ IF function uses IF functions as arguments within another IF function.

A) multiple B) composite C) nested D) multipart Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 261 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) All of the following statements are TRUE about nested IF functions EXCEPT: A) Each nested function needs a pair of parentheses.

B) Excel color codes parentheses to indicate which parentheses are paired.

C) Nested IF functions permit more than two outcomes.

D) The outcome of a nested IF function is limited to numeric or text values.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 261-265 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) AND, OR, and NOT are examples of Excel ________ functions.

A) conjunction B) combination C) aggregate D) union Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 267 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) Which of the following is the correct syntax when using the AND function within the IF function?

A) =IF((B3<5 AND C1>7),"Pass","Fail") B) =IF(AND(B3<5,C1>7),"Pass","Fail") C) =IF(AND(B3<5 OR C1>7),"Pass","Fail") D) =AND(IF(B3<5,C1>7),"Pass","Fail") Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 267 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) All of the following statements are TRUE about conjunctive functions EXCEPT: A) The AND function requires all arguments to be TRUE. B) The NOT function results in the opposite or reverse of a logical statement.

C) The OR function requires at least one of the arguments to be TRUE. D) The AND and OR functions cannot be used in the same IF function.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 267-270 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) ________ code is a tool used to understand the logic of conjunctive functions where words are entered in the function structure.

A) Pseudo B) Simulated C) Text D) Statement Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 270 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) Which of the following is an example of a conditional aggregate function?

A) =IF(AND(C7>B3, D8<=5),"PAY","NO PAY") B) =IF(OR(C7>B3, D8<=5),"PAY","NO PAY") C) =IF(NOT(C7>B3),"PAY","NO PAY") D) =IF((SUM(A1:A7)>7),"PAY","NO PAY") Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 273 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) All of the following statements are TRUE about conditional aggregate functions EXCEPT: A) Conditional aggregate functions are functions that consolidate or summarize a subset of data that has been filtered based upon one or more criteria.

B) With an aggregate function, a range would still be provided, but the aggregation would only use cells that meet a given criteria.

C) Elements such as named ranges and cell references should go inside quotes.

D) The criteria can be on the data that is being aggregated or on associated data.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 273 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) The ________ argument of the COUNTIF function lists the cells that will be counted.

A) array B) range C) span D) series Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 274 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) The ________ argument of the COUNTIF function is the logical statement that will determine which cells to count.

A) logical_test B) rule C) criteria D) control Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 274 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) The ________ function allows for multiple criteria in multiple ranges to be evaluated and counted.

A) COUNT B) COUNTA C) COUNTIF D) COUNTIFS Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 275 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) The first argument of the AVERAGEIF function is ________.

A) average_range B) range C) criteria D) logical_test Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 276 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) The first argument of the AVERAGEIFS function is ________.

A) average_range B) criteria_range C) criteria D) logical_test Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 276 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) Which of the following is NOT an example of a statistical function?

A) COUNTIFS B) SUMIF C) AVERAGEIF D) AVERAGEIFS Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 278 Objective: Use Conditional Math Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) All of the following statements are TRUE about the SUMIF and SUMIFS functions EXCEPT: A) The SUMIF and SUMIFS functions select values from a range of data based on criteria, and then add those values.

B) SUMIF functions are based on one criterion.

C) The SUMIF and SUMIFS arguments are very dissimilar.

D) The SUMIFS function allows for more than one filtering criteria.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 278 Objective: Use Conditional Math Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) The correct syntax for the SUMIF function is ________.

A) =SUMIF(criteria, range, [sum_range]) B) =SUMIF(criteria_range, criteria) C) =SUMIF(criteria, criteria_range) D) =SUMIF(range, criteria, [sum_range]) Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 278 Objective: Use Conditional Math Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) The ________ function is a database function that is great for setting up a criteria range and calculating the sum based on the filters within that criteria range.

A) DBSUM B) DATASUM C) DSUM D) DTSUM Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 281 Objective: Use Conditional Math Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) All of the following statements are TRUE about an Excel database EXCEPT: A) An Excel database is a way of storing data that is made up of records and fields.

B) In a database, each record is one unit of data.

C) All database functions are named using the format DBXXX() where XXX is the name of the corresponding nondatabase Excel function.

D) All database functions include the same three arguments.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 280 Objective: Construct Database Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) All of the following statements are TRUE about the DSUM function EXCEPT: A) An advantage of using the DSUM function is that you can see the criteria on the worksheet and understand the calculation much easier.

B) The DSUM function is a database function that is ideal for setting up a criteria range and then calculating the sum based on the filters within that criteria range.

C) The criteria can be modified on the worksheet and the result is updated automatically.

D) The syntax of the DSUM function is =DSUM(database, field, [criteria]) where criteria is optional.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 281 Objective: Construct Database Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) Which of the following is NOT a database function?

A) DAVERAGE B) DCOUNT C) DMIN D) DCALC Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 282 Objective: Construct Database Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) All of the following statements are TRUE about the VLOOKUP function EXCEPT: A) The HLOOKUP function is the more commonly used than the VLOOKUP function.

B) The "V" in VLOOKUP stands for vertical and is used when your comparison values are located in a column or vertically to the left of the data that you want to find.

C) You can use to look up a value and then, using that value as a reference, return data that is associated with that value.

D) VLOOKUP functions are extremely valuable when working with tables where the data is in columns.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 283 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) The third argument of the VLOOKUP function is ________.

A) lookup_value B) col_index_number C) range_lookup D) table_array Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 283 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) If the VLOOKUP range_lookup argument has the ________ value entered, an exact match with the lookup_value argument is required.

A) YES B) NO C) TRUE D) FALSE Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 284 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) In the VLOOKUP function below, which of the following statements is NOT true? =VLOOKUP(A6,Shifts,5,FALSE) A) The content of A6 is compared to the contents of first column of the table array.

B) Shifts is the name assigned to the table array being used by the function.

C) The number in the third argument stands for how many columns exist in the table array.

D) The contents of the fourth argument requires an exact match with the first argument.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 285 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) The ________ function is used when the lookup_value argument checks the top row of the table_array.

A) HLOOKUP B) VLOOKUP C) RLOOKUP D) TLOOKUP Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 286 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) The ________ functions provide added flexibility of multiple data ranges that can be located throughout an Excel spreadsheet.

A) SUM and AVERAGE B) VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP C) IF and COUNTIF D) MATCH and INDEX Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 288 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) The ________ function looks for a value within a range and returns the position of that value within the range.

A) INDEX B) MATCH C) INDIRECT D) VLOOKUP Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 288 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) Which of the following is the correct syntax for the INDEX function?

A) =INDEX(array, row_number, [column_number]) B) =INDEX(column_number, row_number, array) C) =INDEX(array, column_number, [row_number]) D) =INDEX([column_number], row_number, array) Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 290 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding the INDIRECT function EXCEPT: A) The INDIRECT function can change a text string within a cell to a cell reference.

B) The INDIRECT function has three arguments.

C) The INDIRECT function's first argument is usually a cell reference or a text string.

D) The cell reference in the INDIRECT function reroutes to a new reference.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 292 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) The ________ function is a useful tool for detecting an error and displaying something more user friendly than an error message.

A) IFMISTAKE B) ISMISTAKE C) IFERROR D) IS ERROR Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 294 Objective: Handle Errors with the IFERROR Function Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) The IF function can employ other logical functions nested within as arguments.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) The IF function provides two outcomes, one when its logical test is true and one when its logical test is false.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) A nested IF decreases the logical outcomes that can be expressed.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 261 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) A nested IF requires one or more IF functions joined by an AND function.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 261 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) Excel color codes parentheses for each function used in a nested function.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 265 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) AND, OR, and NEVER are all examples of conjunction functions.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 267 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) The OR function is used when any combination of logical tests has at least one TRUE outcome.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 267 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) At least one logical test must be included for the AND function.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 268 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

49) The NEVER function allows creation of logical statements in which it creates the opposite or reverse result.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 269 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Outline-code uses the structure of functions but with wording that is for logical understanding.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 270 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) Conditional aggregate functions are functions that consolidate or summarize a subset of data that has been filtered based upon one or more criteria.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 273 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) The correct syntax for the COUNTIF function is: COUNTIF(range,logical_test).

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 274 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) The COUNTIFS function allows for multiple criteria in multiple ranges to be evaluated and counted.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 275 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) The AVERAGEIFS function expands on the AVERAGEIF function, allowing multiple criteria to determine the subset of data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 276 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) Conditional math functions include SUMIF and SUMIFS functions.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 278 Objective: Use Conditional Math Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) The DSUM function is a database function that is great for setting up a criteria range and then calculating the sum based on the filters within that criteria range.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 280 Objective: Construct Database Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP are two functions used to look up a value and return data that is associated with that value.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 283 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) The VLOOKUP function is the more commonly used LOOKUP function.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 283 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) The MATCH and INDEX functions can be used to overcome the data range limitations of the VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP functions.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 288 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) The ability to use MATCH and INDEX together is a powerful capability within Excel.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 288 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) The MATCH function looks for a value within a range and returns the position of that value within the range.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 288 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) The INDEX function works with the MATCH function extremely well because the MATCH function indicates the row where a match was found, and then the INDEX function can go to that row and another column to retrieve associated data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 290 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

63) The INDIRECT function is valuable because it can change a cell reference to a text string.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 292 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) If numbers appear for the column headings, the reference style for Excel is currently A1.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 293 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) If letters appear for the column headings, the reference style for Excel is currently R1C1.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 293 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) If a value is in the third row and fourth column, the cell reference would be R3C4.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 293 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) The syntax for the IFERROR function is =IFERROR(value, value_if_true) Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 294 Objective: Handle Errors with the IFERROR Function Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) In the process of checking the values and eliminating errors, it is best to start with formulas that are simple and do not reference other cells that have formulas.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 294 Objective: Handle Errors with the IFERROR Function Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) The foundation of a logical function is a logical ________ or logical expression.

Answer: test Diff: 2 Page Ref: 254 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

70) The symbols < and > are examples of logical ________.

Answer: operators Diff: 2 Page Ref: 254 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) Using ________ makes creating formulas easier because you do not need to worry about adding absolute and mixed cell references.

Answer: named ranges Diff: 2 Page Ref: 255 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) Data that is manually calculated and typed into a spreadsheet is called ________ data.

Answer: static Diff: 2 Page Ref: 255 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) A(n) ________ is the strategic advantage that a business has over its competition.

Answer: competitive advantage Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) The ________ function is the most common logical function.

Answer: IF Diff: 1 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) A(n) ________ tree allows you to break down potential decisions in a logical, structured format.

Answer: decision Diff: 1 Page Ref: 257 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) Quotes, shown as a(n) ________ symbol, not the curly double quotation marks you use when writing papers, let Excel know that the element is a text string and not a numeric value, cell reference, or named range.

Answer: double prime Diff: 1 Page Ref: 259 Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

77) A(n) ________ IF increases the logical outcomes that can be expressed.

Answer: nested Diff: 2 Page Ref: 261 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) The function =IF(SUM(Trans_Qty)>E20,"Goal Met","Under Goal") is an example of a(n) ________ function.

Answer: complex Diff: 2 Page Ref: 261 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) A pair of ________ is needed around each nested function.

Answer: parentheses Diff: 1 Page Ref: 265 Objective: Build Nested IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) ________ functions allow evaluation of multiple logical tests and enable linking or joining of functions or formulas.

Answer: Conjunction Diff: 1 Page Ref: 267 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) The ________ function is appropriate when there are many options that do fit the desired criteria and only one option that does not fit the criteria.

Answer: NOT Diff: 2 Page Ref: 267 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) When a(n) ________ function is nested in the logical_test argument of an IF function, both logical tests need to be evaluated as TRUE for the [value_if_true] argument to be returned.

Answer: AND Diff: 2 Page Ref: 268 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) ________ is code that uses the structure of functions but with wording that is for logical understanding.

Answer: Pseudo code Diff: 2 Page Ref: 270 Objective: Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

84) A(n) ________ aggregate function incorporates calculation and a logical decision.

Answer: conditional Diff: 1 Page Ref: 273 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) A conditional ________ function can calculate on a subset of data that meets specified criteria.

Answer: statistical Diff: 1 Page Ref: 274 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) COUNTIF and AVERAGEIF are examples of ________ statistical functions.

Answer: conditional Diff: 1 Page Ref: 274, 276 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) The third argument of the AVERAGEIF function is only required if one range of data is being averaged based on the ________ of a second range.

Answer: criteria Diff: 2 Page Ref: 276 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) The ________ function expands on the AVERAGEIF function by allowing multiple criteria to determine the subset of data.

Answer: AVERAGEIFS Diff: 2 Page Ref: 276 Objective: Use Conditional Statistical Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) The ________ function sums data and allows for more than one filtering criteria.

Answer: SUMIFS Diff: 2 Page Ref: 278 Objective: Use Conditional Math Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) Advantages of using the ________ function instead the SUMIFS function include criteria are changed in cells and there is no need to alter the function.

Answer: DSUM Diff: 3 Page Ref: 281 Objective: Construct Database Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

91) A(n) ________ function is used to look up a value in a column to the left of the data you want to find, and then return data that is associated with that value.

Answer: VLOOKUP Diff: 2 Page Ref: 283 Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) The ________ function looks for a value within a range and returns the position of that value within the range.

Answer: MATCH Diff: 1 Page Ref: 288 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) The ________ function returns the value of an element in a table or array selected by the row and column number indexes.

Answer: INDEX Diff: 1 Page Ref: 290 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) The ________ function can change a text string within a cell to a cell reference.

Answer: INDIRECT Diff: 2 Page Ref: 292 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) If letters appear for the column headings, the reference style for Excel is ________.

Answer: A1 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 293 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) If numbers appear for the column headings, the reference style for Excel is ________.

Answer: R1C1 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 293 Objective: Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) The ________ function is a useful tool for detecting an error and displaying something more user friendly than the error message.

Answer: IFERROR Diff: 2 Page Ref: 294 Objective: Handle Errors with the IFERROR Function Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Match the following terms to their description.

I. IF II. AND III. COUNTIF IV. AVERAGEIF V. DSUM A. range, criteria B. range, criteria, [average_range] C. logical_test, [value_if_true], [value_if_false] D. database, field, criteria E. logical1, [logical2]...

Answer: C, E, A, B, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Preview the Data and Use IF Functions; Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions; Use Conditional Math Functions; Construct Database Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 99) Match the following terms to their description.

I. VLOOKUP II. MATCH III. INDEX IV. INDIRECT V. IFERROR A. value, value_if_error B. lookup_value, table_array, col_index_number, [range_lookup] C. ref_text, [a1] D. lookup_value, lookup_array, [match_type] E. array, row_number, [column_number] Answer: B, D, E, C, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Explore LOOKUP Functions; Retrieve Data Using MATCH, INDEX, and INDIRECT; Handle Errors with the IFERROR Function Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Nested IF II. Conjunction function III. Conditional aggregate function IV. Conditional statistical function V. IFERROR function A. A function that allows evaluation of multiple logical tests and enables linking or joining of functions or formulas B. A function that consolidates or summarizes a subset of data that has been filtered based upon one or more criteria C. A function that evaluates if an error occurs and replaces an error message with a user supplied error message D. A function that uses IF functions as arguments within another IF function E. A function that calculates on a subset of data that meets specified criteria Answer: D, A, B, E, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Build Nested IF Functions; Integrate Conjunction Functions into IF Functions; Use Conditional Statistical Functions; Use Conditional Math Functions; Handle Errors with the IFERROR Function Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 3 Workshop 6 Analyze Data Using Tables 1) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding raw data EXCEPT: A) Raw data may be numeric or text.

B) Raw data without context is meaningless to users.

C) Information is another name for data.

D) Raw data is unorganized.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 308 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) ________ is data that has context, meaning, and relevance.

A) Information B) Raw data C) A data element D) A variable set Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 308 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) ________ is the name used for a collection of related sets of information that are composed of separate elements.

A) Information sets B) Variable sets C) Data sets D) Field sets Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 309 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) Which of the following should NOT be performed in an effort to protect the integrity of data?

A) Keep a backup of original data.

B) Whenever possible, keep data and the analysis of that data on the same worksheet.

C) Check data for completeness and accuracy.

D) Organize data within a workbook in a meaningful manner.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 309 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) When using an Excel table, a table can do all of the following EXCEPT ________.

A) automatically adjust table formatting and formula references B) provide both flexibility and scalability C) automatically sort data in table columns D) help provide context to the user by organizing data in a meaningful way Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 310 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) A table can be created by selecting a range on an Excel worksheet, clicking the ________ tab, clicking the Format as Table button, and selecting a table style.

A) Home B) Insert C) Data D) Design Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 310 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) To change a table back to a range of data, click ________ located in the Tools group on the Design tab.

A) Convert to Data B) Convert to Range C) Convert to Information D) Convert to Cells Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) Which of the following statements about filtering is NOT TRUE? A) Filtering makes it possible to view specific data.

B) The filtering function can be applied to only one data set on a worksheet.

C) Filters can only be established on an Excel table.

D) Filtering enables a user to examine and analyze a subset of records.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) The ________ filter displays the values in the field that can be toggled on and off through the use of check boxes.

A) advanced B) enhanced C) standard D) additional Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 315 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) When using the ________ Filter feature in Excel, filtering criteria will be listed on the same worksheet.

A) Advanced B) Enhanced C) Standard D) Additional Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 317 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) Click ________ in the Sort & Filter group on the Data tab to removed any existing filters that have been applied to a data set on the Excel worksheet.

A) Delete B) Clear C) Remove D) Cancel Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 317 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding slicers EXCEPT: A) Slicers were introduced in Excel 2007 as an interactive way to filter PivotTable data.

B) In Excel 2013, slicers can now also be used to filter data in Excel tables, query tables, and other data tables.

C) One of the benefits to using slicers is that they are easy to generate and use.

D) Slicers indicate the current filter so you will know exactly what data you are viewing.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 319 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) Pressing ________ allows you to select multiple criteria on a slicer.

A) Alt B) Ctrl + Alt C) Ctrl D) Ctrl + Shift Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 320 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) The ________ function will run calculations on data that is in a subset when a filter is applied.

A) SUM B) TOTAL C) SUBTOTAL D) SUMMARY Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 322 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding the function_num argument of the SUBTOTAL function EXCEPT: A) This argument informs Excel which function to use on the subset of records.

B) One set of function_num values will include both filtered and hidden data.

C) One set of function_num values will include only filtered data.

D) One set of function_num values will include only hidden data.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 323 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) Which of the following functions is NOT available as an option when selecting the SUBTOTAL function's first argument?

A) IF B) SUM C) AVERAGE D) COUNT Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 323 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) ________ are interactive tables that extract, organize, and summarize data.

A) DataTables B) PivotTables C) ValueTables D) VariableTables Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 325 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) Which of the following is NOT a benefit of using PivotTables?

A) PivotTables are useful when working with a huge table of data.

B) PivotTables are useful when looking for trends.

C) PivotTables are useful for summarizing data.

D) PivotTables are useful for to consolidate multi-worksheet data.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 325 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding PivotTables EXCEPT: A) Multiple PivotTables are allowed on one worksheet for comparison and analysis purposes.

B) Prior to creating a PivotTable, any desired calculated fields should be added.

C) PivotTables can be created on a new worksheet or an existing worksheet.

D) PivotTables automatically expand and contract on a worksheet as variables are added, removed, or rearranged.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 326 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) To open the Create PivotTable dialog box, click on the ________ tab, and then click Summarize with PivotTable.

A) Home B) Insert C) Data D) Design Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 327 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) Which of the following options is NOT listed in the Create PivotTable dialog box?

A) Select a table or range B) New Workbook C) Use an external data source D) New Worksheet Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 327 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) ________ variables are fields within a data set that can be used to categorize or group for comparison.

A) Aggregate B) Category C) Grouping D) Summary Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 328 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) ________ variables are data that can be aggregated by summing, counting, or averaging.

A) Aggregate B) Category C) Grouping D) Summary Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 328 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) Gender and dates are two examples of PivotTable ________ variables.

A) aggregate B) category C) grouping D) summary Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 328 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) Exam scores, quantity, and price are three examples of PivotTable ________ variables.

A) aggregate B) category C) grouping D) summary Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 328 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding grouping in PivotTables EXCEPT: A) Grouping variables are placed along the top or the left side of the PivotTable.

B) The summary variables are positioned in the VALUES area below the PivotTable Fields list.

C) The grouping variables are positioned in the COLUMNS or ROWS areas at the top of the PivotTable Fields pane.

D) Dates are great for grouping into months, quarters, and years to explore trends over time.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 328-329 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) When creating a PivotTable, fields from the PivotTable Field list entries can be dragged and dropped to each of the following quadrant areas EXCEPT ________.

A) Column Labels B) Row Labels C) Values D) Variables Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 328-329 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) The context-sensitive tabs available to aid in the control of the PivotTable include ________.

A) Layout and Design B) Design and Analyze C) Options and Layout D) Layout and Format Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) Which of the following statements regarding PivotTables is NOT TRUE? A) When there are a lot of groups within a field, it is better to put those fields along the row side of the PivotTable.

B) There are three context-sensitive tabs associated with PivotTables.

C) Typically the contents of a PivotTable should go down more than across.

D) Fields for PivotTable grouping could be all in the Rows area, all in the Columns area, or a mixture.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) The PivotTable ________ tab focuses on formatting and the appearance aspect of designing the PivotTable.

A) Layout B) Options C) Design D) Format Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) PivotTable data formatted through the ________ dialog box applies to all other cells within the same field.

A) Value Field Settings B) Format Data C) Data Settings D) Format Fields Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) Use the ________ button on the Options tab to update PivotTable data changes made to source data.

A) Redo B) Refresh C) Update D) Renew Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) It is NOT recommended to use the standard formatting techniques found on the ________ tab with PivotTables.

A) Home B) Insert C) Design D) Layout Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 332 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) The ________ feature located on the PivotTable Analyze tab offers a list of options for summarizing its data values.

A) Group Values By B) Summarize Values By C) Aggregate Values By D) Update Values By Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 332 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) A ________ is a visual mechanism for quickly filtering data in a PivotTable.

A) selector B) sifter C) slicer D) strainer Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 336 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) ________ allows a user to import up to one million rows of data from multiple sources, such as large corporate databases, public data feeds, spreadsheets, and text files on your computer.

A) PivotTable B) PivotChart C) Slicer D) PowerPivot Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 337 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) By default, PivotTables show a ________ for both columns and rows.

A) grand total B) count C) average D) subtotal Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 338 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) ________ allows a user to select an individual piece of data in a PivotTable and then create a copy of individual records that were used to get that summary data on another worksheet.

A) PivotChartData connection B) Data linking C) Drilling down D) Content relating Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 339 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding PivotCharts EXCEPT: A) Once a PivotChart is created, all formatting elements from a regular chart are no longer available.

B) When the PivotTable data are rearranged, they are automatically updated in the PivotChart.

C) When making changes to the PivotChart the corresponding changes are seen in the PivotTable.

D) PivotCharts provide a visual representation of the data in a PivotTable.

Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 341 Objective: Develop and customize PivotCharts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding PivotTable and PivotChart best practices EXCEPT: A) Format the PivotTable or PivotChart so it is easy to read and your audience understands what it is you are trying to communicate.

B) Once you have selected your data, ensure the source data are arranged in an area with column headings representing each field and the rows representing each record.

C) Distinguish fields as either grouping variables or slicer variables.

D) Know who your audience is prior to developing your PivotTable or PivotChart. It could make a difference in how much detail you display.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 343 Objective: Develop and customize PivotCharts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

41) Raw data without context is of minimal value to users.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 308 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) If a set of data is not organized, it is difficult to transform the data into information.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 309 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) Quick backups performed on a regular basis are sufficient to protect your original data.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 310 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) Adding new columns and rows in a table requires users to manually adjust formula references within that table.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 310 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) When adding columns and records to an Excel table, Excel automatically adjusts the named ranges that are associated with the table to include the new records.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 311 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) Because of the way that Excel is configured, table names can include spaces.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 311 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) As columns or rows are added to a table formatted with a banded style, the new columns and rows are automatically formatted to match the banded style.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) After a table has been converted back to data, the converted data still possesses table functionality.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) A filter is a standard part of an Excel table.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Multiple data sets that need to be filtered should be placed on separate worksheets.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 314 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) The filtering feature in Excel is great to perform ad hoc and spur-of-the-moment exploration of data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 317 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) Advanced Filter in Excel provides AND and OR features to join multiple criteria.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 318 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) If the criteria range for the Advanced Filter includes a row with no criteria, the entire record set will be returned because nothing is constraining the records.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 318 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) You do NOT need to have a cell selected in your data table in order to insert a slicer.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 320 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

55) In Excel 2013, slicers can be used to filter data in PivotTables, Excel tables, query tables, and other data tables.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 319 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) Pressing Shift allows you to select multiple criteria on a slicer.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 320 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) Standard functions can be applied to filtered data.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 322 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) Functions like SUM or AVERAGE aggregate an entire set of data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 322 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) When using the SUBTOTAL function, entering a number from 1 to 10 in the SUBTOTAL function's first argument will result in the filtered only data being used.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 323 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) Using Excel's Hide Rows feature is a recommended feature when filtering data.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 323 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) Any records that should not be used in the SUBTOTAL calculations should be excluded using the filtering process.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 323 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) To edit or view existing named ranges, click the Define Name button on the Formulas tab.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 324 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) The SUBTOTAL function includes hidden records and only uses visible filtered records to calculate the formula.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 325 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) When creating a PivotTable, any existing automatic subtotals or other summary functions at the bottom of the data should be removed.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 326 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) It is better to use PivotTables for multiple purposes than to create a set of separate PivotTables.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 327 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) Numerical data placed into the VALUES area of a PivotTable will be summed by default.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 329 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) If there are a lot of groups within a field, it is better to put those fields across the top in the columns of a PivotTable instead of along the row side.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) It is recommended to use the standard formatting techniques found on the HOME tab with PivotTables.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 332 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

69) After making changes to a source data set, PivotTable data should be refreshed to update the changes in the PivotTable.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 339 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) When PivotTable data are rearranged, corresponding changes are automatically made in the PivotChart.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 341 Objective: Develop and customize PivotCharts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) Format the PivotTable or PivotChart so it is easy to read and your audience understands what it is you are trying to communicate.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 343 Objective: Develop and customize PivotCharts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) ________ data include elements or facts that may or may not have meaning or relevance.

Answer: Raw Diff: 1 Page Ref: 308 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) ________ is created by users when they organize data in a meaningful context.

Answer: Information Diff: 1 Page Ref: 308 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) ________ sets are named collections of related sets of information that are composed of separate elements.

Answer: Data Diff: 1 Page Ref: 309 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) A(n) ________ of original data should be made so it is possible to return to the original data should errors occur.

Answer: backup Diff: 2 Page Ref: 309 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

76) Users can change the look of an existing table through the Style gallery located on the ________ tab.

Answer: Design Diff: 3 Page Ref: 311 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) A table defaults to a table style that has ________ rows, making it easier to read data across rows.

Answer: banded Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) Convert to ________ located on the Design tab is used to convert a table to data.

Answer: Range Diff: 3 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) ________ is a process of hiding records that do not meet specified criteria in a data set.

Answer: Filtering Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) The ________ filter displays the values in the field that can be toggled on and off through the use of check boxes.

Answer: standard Diff: 2 Page Ref: 315 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) When using the ________ Filter feature, filtering criteria must be set up in a specific format.

Answer: Advanced Diff: 3 Page Ref: 317 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) When Advanced Filter is run, the filter ________ disappear from the field headings Answer: arrow buttons Diff: 3 Page Ref: 317 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

83) Pressing ________ allows you to select multiple criteria on a slicer.

Answer: Ctrl Diff: 3 Page Ref: 320 Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) To ________ data means to consolidate or summarize data, and can be accomplished through functions such as SUM and AVERAGE. Answer: aggregate Diff: 1 Page Ref: 322 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) When filtering data, records that are on hidden rows will not automatically be used in the calculation of the ________ function.

Answer: SUBTOTAL Diff: 3 Page Ref: 322 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) The function_num argument of the SUBTOTAL function can only have entries from 1 to 10 or from 101 to ________.

Answer: 111 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 323 Objective: Use the SUBTOTAL Function and Filters in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) While it is possible to create multiple PivotTables from the same data set, only ________ PivotTable(s) is/are allowed per worksheet.

Answer: one, 1 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 326 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) A PivotTable can be created on a new or an existing ________.

Answer: worksheet Diff: 2 Page Ref: 326 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) ________ variables can be thought of as any fields within a data set that can be used to categorize for comparison.

Answer: Grouping Diff: 2 Page Ref: 328 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

90) Summarize Values By located on the ________ tab offers a list of alternatives for summarizing data values.

Answer: Options Diff: 3 Page Ref: 328 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) The PivotTable ________ tab focuses on the appearance aspects of designing a PivotTable.

Answer: Design Diff: 2 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) The PivotTable ________ tab has all the options for fine-tuning the PivotTable.

Answer: Analyze Diff: 2 Page Ref: 331 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) It is not recommended to use the ________ formatting techniques found on the Home tab with PivotTables.

Answer: standard Diff: 2 Page Ref: 333 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) A(n) ________ is an object that sits or floats on top of the spreadsheet that lists the data options of a field.

Answer: slicer Diff: 3 Page Ref: 336 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) ________ allows a user to import up to one million rows of data from multiple sources, such as large corporate databases, public data feeds, spreadsheets, and text files on your computer.

Answer: PowerPivot Diff: 3 Page Ref: 337 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) ________ down is a method for accessing the detailed records that were used in a PivotTable to get to the aggregated data.

Answer: Drilling Diff: 1 Page Ref: 339 Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) ________ are charts that are tied to the data within a PivotTable.

Answer: PivotCharts Diff: 1 Page Ref: 341 Objective: Develop and customize PivotCharts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 98) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Raw data II. Information III. Data sets IV. Filtering V. Aggregate A. Named collections of related sets of information that are composed of separate elements B. A process of hiding records that do not meet specified criteria in a data set C. Data that has context, meaning, and relevance D. To consolidate or summarize E. Considered to be elements or facts that may or may not have meaning or relevance Answer: E, C, A, B, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Work with Data and Information in Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 99) Match the following terms to their description.

I. PivotTables II. Grouping variables III. Summary variables IV. Slicer V. Drilling down A. A method for accessing the detailed records used in a PivotTable to get to the aggregated data B. Interactive tables that extract, organize, and summarize data C. A visual mechanism for quickly filtering data in a PivotTable D. Data that is not categorical in nature and is likely to be used for summarization E. Any fields within a data set that can be used to categorize or group for comparison Answer: B, E, D, C, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Match the following tabs to options included on the tab.

I. Insert tab II. Formulas tab III. Data IV. Design tab [Table Tools] V. Options tab [PivotTables Tools] A. Name Manager B. Field Settings C. Table D. Advanced [filter] E. Summarize with PivotTable Answer: C, A, D, E, B Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Develop and Customize PivotTables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 4 Workshop 7 Multiple Worksheets, Workbooks, and Templates 1) Each of the following statements is TRUE regarding multiple worksheets EXCEPT: A) Data can be accessed between worksheets using 2-D references.

B) Multiple worksheets can be formatted at the same time.

C) Data from multiple worksheets can be referenced to generate new data via formulas or functions.

D) Data can be copied and pasted from one worksheet to another.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 368 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) The ________ feature of Excel greatly increases user efficiency by enabling actions such as data entry to be performed on multiple worksheets at one time.

A) linking B) grouping C) bridging D) merging Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 368 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) To group contiguous worksheet tabs, the user clicks the worksheet tab at one end of the contiguous tabs, holds down ________, and clicks the worksheet tab on the other end of the contiguous tabs.

A) End B) Alt C) Ctrl D) Shift Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 368 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) Which of the following CANNOT be performed on grouped worksheets sharing similar structures?

A) Entering column and row headings B) Entering formulas C) Applying conditional formatting D) Entering functions Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 369 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) Ungrouping worksheets is accomplished by right-clicking a grouped worksheet tab and selecting Ungroup Sheets from the ________.

A) shortcut menu B) command menu C) task menu D) options menu Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 369 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) Each of the following statements is TRUE regarding grouping worksheets EXCEPT: A) Grouped worksheets make the entry of worksheet structural elements like titles, column headings, and row labels fast and efficient.

B) Errors made, such as misspellings or misplacement of a heading, are compounded across all grouped worksheets.

C) If you forget to ungroup worksheets, you can quickly create more work than you saved by grouping worksheets in the first place.

D) When worksheets are grouped, the Undo command is disabled.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 370 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) Each of the following statements is TRUE regarding filling contents across worksheets EXCEPT: A) Fill Across Worksheets will only fill to the same location in different worksheets.

B) Fill Across Worksheets is a command that can be used to copy cell contents, formats, or both contents and formats to worksheets in a group.

C) The source and destination worksheets must all be included in the group.

D) When using Fill Across Worksheets, the decision of whether to fill All, Contents, or Formats is dependent on what exactly you need to copy.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 372 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) Any Ribbon tools not available when worksheets are grouped will be ________.

A) grayed out B) highlighted C) underlined D) italicized Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 373 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) Each of the following statements is TRUE regarding copying and pasting data across worksheets EXCEPT: A) Data can be copied from a single worksheet into grouped worksheets.

B) Data can be copied from one set of grouped worksheets and then pasted into the same or a different set of grouped sheets.

C) The new location must have room available such that the pasted range has exactly the same shape as the copied range.

D) When multiple worksheets are grouped, the pasted range can overlap the copied range in any dimension.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 374 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) Which of the following features of Excel is available when worksheets are grouped?

A) Sparklines B) Charts C) Functions D) Shapes Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) The entire ________ tab is NOT available when worksheets are grouped.

A) Insert B) Data C) Review D) View Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) Each of the following statements is TRUE about referencing data between worksheets EXCEPT: A) One of Excel's more powerful features is the ability to reference data between worksheets.

B) Multiple worksheets represent a second dimension.

C) If you think of a worksheet as a two-dimensional array, then multiple worksheets in a workbook can be thought of as a three-dimensional array.

D) By using a 3-D formula with 3-D references, you can easily create a summary worksheet from multiple worksheets that are updated automatically as the source data is updated.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) The Fill Across Worksheets feature of Excel is located on the HOME tab in the ________ group.

A) Insert B) Editing C) Styles D) Cells Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) The two ways worksheet data can be consolidated include ________.

A) consolidate by category or consolidate by type B) consolidate by type or consolidate by position C) consolidate by position or consolidate by group D) consolidate by category or consolidate by position Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) Fill Across Worksheets ________ should be used when the target worksheet(s) contain(s) contents the user does not want to overwrite.

A) styles B) layouts C) formats D) setups Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) If you want to summarize data from multiple places and want to arrange the data in all the worksheets in identical order and location, you would use the ________ option.

A) consolidate by category B) consolidate by formula C) PivotTable report D) consolidate by position Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) If you want to summarize data from multiple places and want to organize the data differently than how it is presented in the separate worksheets, but use the same row and column labels so the consolidated worksheet matches the data, you would use the ________ option.

A) consolidate by position B) consolidate by formula C) consolidate by category D) PivotTable report Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) If you want to summarize data from multiple places and want to use formulas with cell references or 3-D references to the other worksheets that you are combining because you do not have a consistent position or category of data to use, you would use the ________ option.

A) consolidate by formula B) consolidate by position C) consolidate by category D) PivotTable report Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) A 3-D reference has the following structure: ________.

A) =worksheet name?cell reference B) ="worksheet name!cell reference" C) =worksheet name!cell reference D) ='worksheet name!'cell reference Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) Which of the following statements regarding worksheet data consolidation is NOT TRUE? A) Consolidated data cannot be created unless the worksheets have identical row and/or column labels.

B) Consolidated data can be used to create a summary worksheet.

C) Links are not required when creating consolidated data.

D) Consolidated data can be generated from multiple worksheets with an identical structure.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) References that address data across multiple worksheets are called ________ references.

A) 3-D B) multi-content C) composite D) compound Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding 3-D references EXCEPT: A) A range of cells is permitted in a 3-D reference.

B) Multiple worksheets are permitted in a 3-D reference.

C) 3-D ranges can reference different cells across multiple worksheets.

D) 3-D ranges cannot be defined in the Name box.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 377 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) A 3-D range can be defined by clicking Define Name in the Defined Names group of the ________ tab.

A) Home B) Insert C) Formulas D) Data Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 377 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) A worksheet can store ________ consolidation(s).

A) one B) two C) three D) unlimited Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 380 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) Each of the following statements is TRUE about working with multiple workbooks EXCEPT: A) Working with multiple workbooks is very similar to working with multiple worksheets.

B) Excel 2013 opens each workbook in the same window.

C) Data can be referenced between workbooks using 3-D ranges and formulas, so when the source workbook is updated, the changes flow through to the summary workbook.

D) Users can choose whether or not to link workbooks to make the updating automatic or not.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 385 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) Excel addresses linked workbooks by using ________ addresses.

A) relative B) absolute C) comparative D) bound Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 387 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding linked workbooks EXCEPT: A) Changes to data referenced in its source workbook can be reflected in the data of the destination workbook.

B) Links to workbooks are difficult to break.

C) When opening a linked workbook, users are given the choice whether or not to update links.

D) It is wise to store all workbooks in a linked relationship together in the same folder.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 387 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) The ________ error will appear if VLOOKUP attempts to reference linked table data in another workbook that is NOT open.

A) #N/A! B) #ERROR! C) #VALUE! D) #REF! Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 388 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding collaboration EXCEPT: A) Collaboration allows workbooks to be shared among different users and then merged together for a final product.

B) All features, such as merged cells and conditional formats, are available and can be changed even once the workbook is shared.

C) When a workbook is shared, you can save additional copies of your workbook for distribution to other users.

D) Each user has their own settings, or custom view, saved of the workbook that allows you to save print settings and any filters you may have created.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 390 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding the Compare and Merge Workbooks command EXCEPT: A) You can merge workbooks that are not shared.

B) You can only merge a shared workbook with copies of that workbook that were made from the same shared workbook.

C) The shared workbooks must have unique file names different from the original workbook.

D) All copies of the shared workbooks should be saved in the same folder as the shared workbook.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 393 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) All of the following statements are TRUE about tracking changes EXCEPT: A) As long as workbooks are shared, you can view the changes made and continue making changes to the shared workbooks.

B) Change history is information that is maintained about all changes made in past editing sessions to the shared workbook.

C) When you save the workbook, the History worksheet will be hidden and you will have to use the Track Changes options to add the History worksheet again.

D) Once you stop sharing the workbook, the change history will remain intact.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 395 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

32) An Excel ________ is a workbook that provides a starting point for building other similar workbooks.

A) template B) pattern C) master D) outline Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 33) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding templates EXCEPT: A) A template is the framework of a worksheet.

B) A template automatically applies formatting depending upon the workbook's contents.

C) A template provides structural data such as column headings and data labels.

D) A template provides necessary formulas.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) Templates are readily available through the ________ tab when creating a new workbook.

A) File B) Home C) Insert D) Data Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) The ________ extension is used for an Excel 2013 template.

A) .xlst B) .xltx C) .xlt D) .xltp Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) Multiple worksheets can be selected at the same time and actions such as data entry and formatting can affect all the worksheets in the group at once, greatly increasing efficiency.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 368 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) Conditional formatting is an Excel feature that can be used when worksheets are grouped.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 369 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) Entering information into grouped worksheets is a very efficient way to simultaneously create page titles and column and row headings in multiple worksheets.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 369 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) Ungrouping worksheets is accomplished by either right-clicking a grouped worksheet tab and selecting Ungroup Sheets from the shortcut menu, or by clicking the [Group] tag on the title bar.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 368 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) When worksheets are grouped, what you do to one worksheet happens to the other worksheets in the group.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 369 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) Conditional formatting cannot be directly applied to grouped worksheets.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 369 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) To enter unique data, formulas and information in worksheets, the worksheets cannot be grouped.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 370 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

43) Input Across Worksheets can be used to copy cell contents, formats, or contents and formats (All) to worksheets in a group.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 372 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) When using Fill Across Worksheets, the user can fill by one of two options, Contents or Format.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 372 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) Any Ribbon tools that are not available when worksheets are grouped will be blacked out.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 373 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) A 2-D named range references the same cell or range of cells across multiple worksheets in a workbook.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) A data consolidation that contains links to source data includes the cell references for cells from other worksheets that contributed to a consolidated data result.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) To arrange the data in all the worksheets in identical order and location, use the consolidate by position option.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

49) To organize the data differently than how it is presented in the separate worksheets, but using the same row and column labels so the consolidated worksheet matches the data, use the consolidate by category option.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) A 3-D reference allows formulas and functions to use data from cells and cell ranges across worksheets.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) A 3-D reference has the following structure: ='worksheet name!'cell reference.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) A 3-D named range can be defined in the Name box.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 377 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) When you have data on multiple worksheets and want to consolidate that data into a summary worksheet, you can use a 2-D formula.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) Worksheets can store multiple consolidations.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 380 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) When data is consolidated and links to the source data are included, the consolidation will not be automatically updated when changes are made to the source data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 383 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) A primary advantage of the ability to reference data in multiple workbooks is that you can access data at its source in its original location.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 385 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) Excel 2013 addresses linked workbooks using absolute addresses, where prior versions of Excel used relative addresses.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 387 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) Links to workbooks are easily broken, especially if files are moved or deleted.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 387 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) While VLOOKUP can reference linked table data in another workbook, it cannot do so unless the workbook that contains the table is closed.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 388 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) Changes to data referenced in their source workbook can be reflected in your data when you open your workbook.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 390 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) If workbook A is linked to workbook B, workbook A must be closed when shared copies of workbook B are created in order to prevent the references in workbook A from being automatically changed to reference the new files.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 391 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) Change history is information that is maintained about all changes made in past editing sessions to the shared workbooks.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 395 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) A template is a special file type that identifies multiple workbooks and remembers the manner in which the workbooks should be arranged.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) Any workbook can be used as a template for another workbook by simply opening that workbook and saving it with the template extension.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) The Excel template extension is .xlt.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) Built-in templates are accessed from the Home tab by clicking the New tab.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) Multiple worksheets can be selected at the same time and actions such as data entry and formatting can affect all the worksheets in the group at once, greatly increasing ________.

Answer: efficiency Diff: 2 Page Ref: 368 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) ________ is a command that can be used to copy cell contents, formats, or both contents and formats to worksheets in a group.

Answer: Fill Across Worksheets Diff: 2 Page Ref: 372 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

69) Any ________ tools that are not available when worksheets are grouped will be grayed out.

Answer: Ribbon Diff: 1 Page Ref: 373 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) When multiple worksheets are grouped, the pasted range cannot ________ the copied range in any dimension.

Answer: overlap Diff: 2 Page Ref: 374 Objective: Group Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) Filling formats across ________ should be used when the target worksheet(s) contain(s) content that the user does not want to overwrite.

Answer: worksheets Diff: 2 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) 3-D references allow formulas and functions to utilize data from cells and cell ranges across ________.

Answer: worksheets Diff: 1 Page Ref: 375 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) The correct 3-D reference used to specify cell range B2 through B15 in the Sheet1 worksheet is ________.

Answer: =Sheet1!B2:B15 Diff: 3 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) If a workbook contains multiple worksheets that contain either an identical structure or data with identical row and column labels, a user can create a summary worksheet using the ________ feature.

Answer: Consolidate Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

75) Consolidate by ________ can be used to create a summary worksheet when the source worksheets all have an identical structure.

Answer: position Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) Consolidation by ________ is more flexible than consolidation by position.

Answer: category Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) The Name Manager dialog box can be opened by clicking the Name Manager button in the Defined Names group on the ________ tab.

Answer: Formulas Diff: 2 Page Ref: 377 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) A(n) 3-D ________ references the same cell, or range of cells, across multiple worksheets in a workbook.

Answer: named range Diff: 2 Page Ref: 377 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) A(n) ________ named range cannot be defined in the Name box.

Answer: 3-D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 377 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) A(n) ________ references the same cell, or range of cells, across multiple worksheets in a workbook.

Answer: 3-D formula Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) A worksheet can store only ________ consolidation(s).

Answer: one, 1 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 380 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

82) Consolidating by category is more ________ than consolidating by position.

Answer: flexible Diff: 2 Page Ref: 381 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) The Consolidate feature cannot create ________ to the worksheet that contains the consolidation.

Answer: links Diff: 2 Page Ref: 383 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) A primary advantage of the ability to reference data in multiple workbooks is that you can access data at its source in its ________ location.

Answer: original Diff: 1 Page Ref: 385 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) It is considered good practice to store all workbooks in a linked relationship together in the same ________.

Answer: folder Diff: 2 Page Ref: 387 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) Excel 2013 addresses linked workbooks using ________ addresses.

Answer: relative Diff: 2 Page Ref: 387 Objective: Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) When Excel displays ________ in a cell, this generally means that the reference to a value could not be found, such as a matching result in a VLOOKUP function.

Answer: #REF! Diff: 3 Page Ref: 388 Objective: Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) Although it is possible for multiple users to collaborate in creating a workbook, it is more common for users to collaborate in keeping ________ in a workbook up-to-date once the workbook has been developed.

Answer: data Diff: 3 Page Ref: 390 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

89) The ________ command will compare the changes made in each shared workbook and then provide you with the option to update the workbook with those changes.

Answer: Compare and Merge Workbooks Diff: 3 Page Ref: 393 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) You can select multiple files to compare and merge by using the ________ key when selecting file names.

Answer: Ctrl Diff: 3 Page Ref: 394 Objective: Collaborate Using Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) An Excel ________ is a workbook that provides a starting point for building other similar workbooks.

Answer: template Diff: 3 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) An Excel template is saved with the ________ extension.

Answer: .xltx Diff: 3 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) ________ templates are stored in the Program Files\Microsoft Office\Templates\1033 folder.

Answer: Local Diff: 2 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) Local templates are accessed from the ________ tab.

Answer: File Diff: 2 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) ________ are generally used to create worksheets or workbooks with consistent structure and format.

Answer: Templates Diff: 1 Page Ref: 398 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

96) Microsoft, through its template site at Office.com, fosters a(n) ________ of Office users who download templates posted by other users.

Answer: community Diff: 3 Page Ref: 400 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) Microsoft users, through its template site at Office.com, can rate templates on a scale of 1 to 5 ________.

Answer: stars Diff: 3 Page Ref: 400 Objective: Use Existing Templates Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 98) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Grouping II. 3-D references III. Shift IV. Conditional formatting V. Data A. Cannot be directly applied to grouped worksheets B. Key that can be used to group contiguous worksheets C. The contents of this tab are not available to grouped worksheets D. Multiple worksheets selected at the same time E. Used to access data between worksheets Answer: D, E, B, A, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Group Worksheets; Create Summary Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

99) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Name Box arrow II. Fill Across Worksheets III. Worksheet IV. Multiple worksheets in a workbook V. 3-D named range A. Used to list all tables and range names B. A two-dimensional array C. References the same cell, or range of cells, across multiple worksheets in a workbook D. Used to copy cell contents, formats, or contents and formats (All) to worksheets in a group E. A three-dimensional array Answer: A, D, B, E, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Group Worksheets; Work with Multiple Workbooks Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 100) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Consolidate by position II. Consolidate by category III. Workspace IV. Template V. Built-in templates A. Special file type that identifies multiple workbooks and remembers the manner in which you want them arranged B. Workbook that provides a starting point for building other similar workbooks C. Aggregates relative data in the same position in multiple worksheets D. Templates provided with the installation of Microsoft Office E. Aggregates data in cells with matching row and/or column labels Answer: C, E, A, B, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Create Summary Worksheets; Work with Multiple Workbooks; Use Existing Templates; Create Templates from an Existing Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 4 Workshop 8 Refine an Excel Application 1) All of the following statements are TRUE about auditing formulas EXCEPT: A) Tracing formulas draws lines from a formula to cells that supply source data and to formulas that use the result of a formula.

B) Formula-auditing tools show you which cells are used in a formula and how they are used.

C) When you select to trace dependents, Excel finds and marks with arrows all the cells that supply values to the active cell.

D) Both tracing a formula and evaluating a formula are useful in understanding how a worksheet is structured, and they are particularly useful if a complex formula is not producing a correct result.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 412 Objective: View Formula Precedents and Dependents Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) Which of the following is NOT a formula auditing tool?

A) Trace Precedents B) Trace Dependents C) Evaluate Relationships D) Evaluate Formula Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 412 Objective: View Formula Precedents and Dependents Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) Which of the following is NOT an option in the Formula Auditing group on the Formula tab?

A) Trace Precedents B) Evaluate Formula C) Trace Dependents D) Calculation Options Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 413 Objective: View Formula Precedents and Dependents Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) The ________ Formula tool shows exactly how a formula executes so that you can compare actual execution to the way you know or think the formula should work.

A) Evaluate B) Analyze C) Review D) Interpret Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 414 Objective: Evaluate Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) A ________ reference is used to describe a single formula that references itself or multiple formulas that reference each other.

A) self B) circular C) duplicate D) matching Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 414 Objective: Correct Circular References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) The Excel ________ Window feature is particularly useful when you are making changes in one worksheet or workbook and you want to monitor the effect of those changes to values in several other worksheets or workbooks.

A) Trace B) Audit C) Watch D) Evaluate Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 416 Objective: Use the Watch Window Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) All of the following statements are TRUE about the Watch Window EXCEPT: A) As soon as the workbook is closed, any cells in that workbook that are being watched are removed from the Watch Window.

B) The Watch Window is an Excel feature that makes it possible to monitor cells the user considers important in a separate window.

C) The Watch Window is particularly useful when you are making changes in one worksheet or workbook and you want to monitor the effect of your changes to values in several other worksheets or workbooks.

D) To include a cell in the Watch Window, the workbook that contains the cell must be closed and must remain closed.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 416 Objective: Use the Watch Window Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) To select all cells that contain a formula, press ________.

A) Alt + Ctrl + Enter B) Ctrl and type F C) Alt + Ctrl + Shift D) Ctrl and type G Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 414 Objective: Evaluate Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) Data ________ is a means of increasing the probability of correct data entry through programmatic tools and/or behavioral modifications.

A) authentication B) validation C) certification D) verification Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 417 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) Validation ________ limit what worksheet users are allowed to enter into a particular cell.

A) criteria B) conditions C) settings D) controls Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 417 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) ________ validation can be used to apply multiple validation criteria to a cell.

A) Complex B) Detailed C) Custom D) Compound Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) ________ validation presents the user with a list of data values from which the user can choose.

A) Directory B) Registry C) Index D) List Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) Named ranges that are to be used as lists of values for data validation ________.

A) must be in the same workbook where the validation is applied B) must be in the same worksheet where the validation is applied C) must be in a different workbook than where the validation is applied D) must be in a different worksheet than where the validation is applied Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) All of the following statements are TRUE about data validation EXCEPT: A) An Error Message appears when a user makes a validated cell active and prompts a user before data is entered with information about data constraints.

B) Each of the validation criteria can be specified with an Input Message and/or an Error Alert.

C) Data validation restricts a single validation criteria per cell.

D) Custom validation can be used to apply multiple validation criteria to a cell, but the formulas required tend to be much more complex.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) A(n) ________ informs a user when entered data violates validation constraints.

A) Input Message B) Error Message C) list validation D) cell validation Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) A(n) ________ appears when a user makes a validated cell active and prompts a user before data is entered with information about data constraints.

A) list validation B) Error Message C) Input Message D) cell validation Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) ________ validation requires the specification of upper and/or lower boundary values.

A) Logical B) Decimal C) Conditional D) Numeric Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 420 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) Whole number validation is functionally identical to ________ validation with the exception that only integer values are valid.

A) decimal B) numeric C) fractional D) percentage Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 422 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) Any ________ validation is a means of using the Input Message available through the data validation tools to communicate data entry rules and/or expectations to the user.

A) data B) input C) text D) value Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 424 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) A ________ is formed following a system of rules where the position of information is tied to its context.

A) restrictive B) conditional C) codified data value D) logical Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 425 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding custom data validation EXCEPT: A) Custom validation allows you to specify more complex criteria than allowed with the other validation types.

B) Data validation is an excellent tool to use in workbooks where you want to restrict data entry to certain values or ranges of values.

C) There may be times when data validation rules can hinder data entry rather than enhance it.

D) Using custom validation, you can apply multiple criteria one at a time.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 425-426 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) ________ validation allows users to apply multiple criteria simultaneously.

A) Defined B) Personalized C) Custom D) Individualized Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 426 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) ________ length validation can be very important to prevent truncation when data entered into a worksheet will be imported into a database.

A) Data B) Input C) Text D) Value Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 423 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) ________ schemes consist of rules that combine data values in specific formats and locations to generate a new data value.

A) Codification B) Identification C) Merged D) Linked Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 426 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) The ________ feature of Excel can be used to manually validate data.

A) value-to-speech B) text-to-speech C) input-to-speech D) item-to-speech Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 428 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) At its most basic, a ________ in Excel is a recording of keystrokes and mouse clicks performed to complete a task.

A) sparkline B) callout C) macro D) hyperlink Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 430 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) A ________ Location is a folder that has been identified in the Microsoft Office Trust Center as a safe location from which to open files that contain active code.

A) Protected B) Secured C) Locked D) Trusted Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 430 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) If the location where a file is stored is not known to the Excel Trust Center as a trusted location, the Trust Center will block all of the following that could contain malicious code EXCEPT ________.

A) formulas B) macros C) controls D) scripts Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 430 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding macros EXCEPT: A) Recording macros is generally considered an activity for worksheet developers.

B) As with cell references in formulas, cell references in macros can be absolute or relative.

C) The effects of a macro can be reversed using the Undo feature.

D) Macros are recorded with absolute references by default.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 431-433 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) ________ macro references affect exactly the same cell address every time the referencing macro is run.

A) Specific B) Absolute C) Fixed D) Secured Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 431 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) Actual cells that ________ macro references will affect are not determined until the macro is run.

A) linked B) joined C) relative D) merged Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 433 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) The inclusion of ________ in a workbook can make navigation in a workbook much more intuitive and self-explanatory.

A) hyperlinks B) groupings C) joins D) networks Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 437 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) All of the following statements are TRUE about hiding worksheet tabs EXCEPT: A) To unhide a worksheet, right-click any worksheet tab, select Unhide, select the name of the hidden worksheet, and click OK. B) When you hide a worksheet, hyperlinks to that worksheet will still work.

C) Hiding worksheet tabs will affect the whole workbook and hide either all the worksheet tabs or none of the worksheet tabs.

D) Once you hide the tabs, you have to show them again to continue navigating to individual worksheets, especially if you do not have hyperlinks set up to each worksheet.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 438 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) To hide the horizontal scroll bar on a workbook, click the ________ tab, click Options, click Advanced, and uncheck Show horizontal scroll bar.

A) File B) Page Layout C) Review D) View Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 439 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) All of the following statements are TRUE about options for worksheets and workbooks EXCEPT: A) Hiding row and column headings is an all or nothing option.

B) Some navigation options are for the whole workbook while some are for individual worksheets.

C) When you are thinking about changing navigation options, you should carefully consider what each worksheet looks like and how the option will affect each worksheet.

D) Hiding the scroll bars for one worksheet might be fine, but if another worksheet needs them to navigate, then you should probably not hide them.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 440 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) All of the following statements are TRUE about gridlines EXCEPT: A) Gridlines are used to demark one worksheet cell from another.

B) Gridlines should remain visible except in very rare instances.

C) Gridlines are very helpful during the development of a worksheet.

D) Gridlines lend visual structure to a worksheet.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 441 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) All of the following statements are TRUE about protecting workbooks and worksheets EXCEPT: A) Excel allows the protection of applications in two layers.

B) Worksheet-level protection allows very fine control of how protection will affect the usability of a worksheet.

C) Workbook-level protection controls who has access to the workbook.

D) Worksheet protection can be applied to groups of worksheets.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 441 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) By default, only the ________ options are allowed when the worksheet is protected.

A) Delete rows and Delete columns B) Format rows and Format columns C) Select locked cells and Select unlocked cells D) Edit objects and Format cells Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 442 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) Excel protection features can be found in the Changes group on the ________ tab.

A) Insert B) Data C) Review D) View Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 446 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) ________ uses a password to create a unique algorithm used to translate the saved Excel workbook into a stream of uninterpretable characters that can only be translated back using a password.

A) Encryption B) A macro C) Cyphering D) A translator Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 447 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

41) A dependent cell is a cell that supplies a value to the formula in the active cell, and a precedent cell is a cell whose value depends on the value in the active cell for its result.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 411 Objective: Evaluate Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) When you choose to trace dependents and trace precedents, Excel puts arrows on the workbook to show you how the formula in the cell is constructed.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 412 Objective: Evaluate Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) When a formula contains an error and the Trace Dependents tool has not helped you correct the problem, using the Review Formula tool is the next step.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 414 Objective: Evaluate Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) Generally, circular references are of no concern to the user, but Excel creates warnings just as a precaution.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 415 Objective: Correct Circular References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) To include a cell in the Watch Window, the workbook that contains the cell must be open and must remain open.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 416 Objective: Use the Watch Window Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) Excel provides data validation tools that can help ensure data entry errors are eliminated.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 417 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

47) Using named ranges to identify source data for list validation is self-documenting, makes worksheets easier to interpret and understand, and is less error-prone for data entry than is entering a range address.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 419 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) Whole number validation is functionally identical to codified validation with the exception that only integer values are valid.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 422 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) The Input Message and Error Message for a data validation rule are helpful but not required when creating the rule.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 423 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Text length validation can be very important when data entered into a worksheet will be imported into a database.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 423 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) In cases where a codified data value cannot be adequately validated using a single range of values, custom data validation can be used.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 425 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) Data schemes consist of rules that combine data values in specific formats and locations to generate a new data values.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 426 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) Excel includes a text-to-speech feature that can assist you in manually validating data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 428 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) Active code such as macros and ActiveX controls should be opened from a Trusted Location.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 430 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) Macros are recorded with relative references by default.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 431 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) Running a macro in Excel deletes the entire Undo history.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 433 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) Macros can be run from the Developer tab.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 433 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) If you make a mistake when recording a macro, you can delete the macro and record a new one, or if you know VBA you can edit a macro and change the VBA that Excel produced.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 435 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) Hiding worksheet tabs does not stop navigation to other worksheets in the workbook if hyperlinks have been created that allow the user to move from one sheet to another.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 438 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

60) In a well-designed worksheet, row and column headings may not be necessary.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 440 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) By default, all cells in a worksheet are unlocked.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 443 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) Protection at the worksheet-level is not nearly as flexible as protection at the workbooklevel.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 442 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) It is considered wise to protect your workbooks with both workbook-level and worksheetlevel protection.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 447 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) If you are concerned about security, you can always save the backup with a different name so that someone else might not be able to determine it is the same workbook as the one with the password.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 447 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) The Excel Mark as Complete feature is a workbook developer's way of notifying anyone who opens a workbook that development and testing are complete, and the workbook is ready for use.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 448 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) A(n) ________ cell is a cell that supplies a value to the formula in the active cell.

Answer: precedent Diff: 2 Page Ref: 412 Objective: View Formula Precedents and Dependents Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

67) A(n) ________ cell is a cell whose value depends on the value in the active cell for its result.

Answer: dependent Diff: 2 Page Ref: 412 Objective: View Formula Precedents and Dependents Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) Tracing formulas draws ________ from a formula to cells that supply source data and to formulas that use the result of a formula.

Answer: lines Diff: 3 Page Ref: 412 Objective: View Formula Precedents and Dependents Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) The ________ Formula tool shows you exactly how a formula executes so that you can compare actual execution to the way you know or think the formula should work.

Answer: Evaluate Diff: 2 Page Ref: 414 Objective: Evaluate Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) To select all cells that contain a formula, press Ctrl and type ________.

Answer: G Diff: 2 Page Ref: 414 Objective: Evaluate Formulas Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) An Excel ________ reference describes a single formula that references itself or multiple formulas that reference each other.

Answer: circular Diff: 1 Page Ref: 414 Objective: Correct Circular References Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) The ________ is an Excel feature that makes it possible to monitor cells the user considers important.

Answer: Watch Window Diff: 3 Page Ref: 416 Objective: Use the Watch Window Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) ________ includes rules that determine what can and cannot be entered in specific cells.

Answer: Data validation Diff: 2 Page Ref: 417 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) ________ are constraints that limit what users are allowed to enter into a particular cell.

Answer: Validation criteria Diff: 2 Page Ref: 417 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) The ________ appears when a user makes a validated cell active and prompts a user before data is entered with information about data constraints.

Answer: Input Message Diff: 2 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) The ________ informs a user when entered data violates validation constraints.

Answer: Error Message Diff: 2 Page Ref: 418 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) ________ validation works very similar to decimal validation except the value entered must be a date that satisfies the specified criteria.

Answer: Date Diff: 1 Page Ref: 420 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) ________ validation is similar to date validation with the only difference that data entered must be a time value.

Answer: Time Diff: 1 Page Ref: 421 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) ________ validation is similar to decimal validation with the exception that only integer values are valid and no decimals.

Answer: Whole number Diff: 2 Page Ref: 422 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) ________ validation is generally used to limit the number of characters that can be entered into a cell.

Answer: Text length Diff: 2 Page Ref: 423 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

81) The moment a(n) ________ validation cell is made active, the Input Message is displayed as a prompt to the user.

Answer: any value Diff: 3 Page Ref: 424 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) The 40th room on floor 7 of a building being assigned room number 740 is a potential example of a(n) ________ data value.

Answer: codified Diff: 2 Page Ref: 425 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) ________ validation allows you to specify more complex criteria and permits multiple criteria simultaneously.

Answer: Custom Diff: 2 Page Ref: 425 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) ________ schemes are rules that combine data values in specific formats and locations to generate new data values.

Answer: Codification Diff: 2 Page Ref: 426 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) The Excel text-to-________ feature enables manual validation of data.

Answer: speech Diff: 1 Page Ref: 428 Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) A(n) ________ is a form of computer program that automates activities such as mouse movements and clicks, menu selections, and data entry.

Answer: macro Diff: 1 Page Ref: 430 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) If a workbook in a(n) ________ is opened, macros contained in the document will be automatically enabled.

Answer: Trusted Location Diff: 3 Page Ref: 430 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

88) The actual cells that ________ macro references will affect are not determined until the macro is run.

Answer: relative Diff: 2 Page Ref: 433 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) Macros can be run from the ________ tab or from a button added to a worksheet.

Answer: Developer Diff: 1 Page Ref: 433 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) When you record a macro, Excel is actually converting your keystrokes and mouse clicks to ________ commands.

Answer: Visual Basic for Applications Diff: 2 Page Ref: 436 Objective: Create and Use Macros Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) ________ are objects that when clicked with the mouse navigate to a predefined location within large worksheets, among worksheets in a workbook, among workbooks, or to web sites.

Answer: Hyperlinks Diff: 1 Page Ref: 437 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) The ________ tab is used to hide scroll bars, as well as row and column headings.

Answer: File Diff: 2 Page Ref: 440 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) ________ are the vertical and horizontal lines on a worksheet that help define a cell's boundaries.

Answer: Gridlines Diff: 3 Page Ref: 441 Objective: Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) Completely hiding formulas in a worksheet is a(n) ________-step process.

Answer: three, 3 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 444 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) Protecting the workbook ________ stops users from inserting, deleting, hiding, unhiding, and moving worksheets in a workbook.

Answer: structure Diff: 2 Page Ref: 446 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) ________ uses a password to create a unique algorithm used to translate the saved Excel workbook into a stream of uninterpretable characters that can only be translated back with that password.

Answer: Encryption Diff: 2 Page Ref: 447 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) ________ represents a means of communicating the development status of a workbook, and is not a form of protection.

Answer: Mark as Final Diff: 1 Page Ref: 448 Objective: Protect Workbooks and Worksheets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 98) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Data validation II. List validation III. Decimal validation IV. Date validation V. Whole number validation A. Restricts users to entering data in a cell that contain digits and a decimal point B. Any means of increasing the probability of correct data entry through programmatic tools and/or behavioral modifications C. Restricts the user to entering integer values in a validated cell D. Presents the user with a list of data values from which the user can choose E. Restricts the user to entering dates that satisfy the specified criteria in a validated cell Answer: B, D, A, E, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

99) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Boolean operator II. Custom validation III. Any value validation IV. Text length validation V. Codification schemes A. Consists of rules that combine data values in specific formats and locations to generate a new data value B. Generally used to limit the number of characters that can be entered into a cell C. Allows users to specify more complex criteria and apply multiple criteria simultaneously D. A means of using the Input Message available through the data validation tools to communicate data entry rules and/or expectations to the user E. Tests the relationship between two values and returns TRUE or FALSE Answer: E, C, D, B, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Control Data Entry with Data Validation Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 100) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Formula auditing II. Circular reference III. Watch Window IV. Hyperlink V. Macro A. Describes a single formula that references itself or multiple formulas that reference each other B. Object that, when clicked with the mouse, navigates to a predefined location C. Shows which cells are in a formula and how they are used D. A form of computer program that automates activities such as mouse movements and clicks E. Excel feature that makes it possible to monitor cells the user considers important but that are not necessarily given the size and/or structure of a worksheet or workbook Answer: C, A, E, B, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Evaluate Formulas; Correct Circular References; Use the Watch Window; Create and Use Macros; Change How to Navigate a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 5 Workshop 9 Organize, Import, Export, and Cleanse Data Sets 1) All of the following statements are TRUE about the importance of external data sets EXCEPT: A) By using the external tools, you can avoid a lot of extra typing.

B) Anything that is not stored in an Excel format or not stored locally is considered to be external data.

C) Spreadsheet applications such as Excel offer a wide variety of tools to help the user extract external data and integrate it into reports so that it can be actively used to make better decisions.

D) Common file formats that you can import include HTML, XML, text, and .accdb files from Microsoft Access.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) All of the following are common formats used to import data into Excel EXCEPT ________.

A) ODBC B) HTML C) XML D) .accdb Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) All of the following statements are TRUE about using an Excel web query EXCEPT: A) One popular way to integrate information from web pages is to use a web query.

B) An example of a web query could be stock prices from a financial website such as http://money.msn.com.

C) A web query is something you could type into a search engine such as Google or Bing in order to search the web.

D) A query is a question that you would ask a database such as Access.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 471 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

4) External data connections for Excel can be found on the ________ tab.

A) Insert B) View C) Data D) File Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 471 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 5) A(n) ________ is a question that you would ask a database to search for information.

A) data question B) query C) QWERTY D) inquiry Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 471 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) All of the following are advantages of a web query EXCEPT: A) Information is kept up-to-date because it connects with the website for the most current information.

B) Web queries update the URL automatically when the URL changes.

C) Connections can be shared with other users.

D) Web queries can be used by other Microsoft Office applications.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 471, 474 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) To save a web query in Excel, use the ________ on the Data tab.

A) Data Validation command B) Connections command C) Edit Links command D) Properties Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 474 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

8) HTML and XML are both examples of ________.

A) markup languages B) web query sources C) tags D) multimedia Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 9) All of the following statements are TRUE about importing XML data EXCEPT: A) XML is an increasingly popular tool working behind the scenes in Excel.

B) XML allows users to define their own tags in order to define the content of the document.

C) XML and HTML are examples of markup languages.

D) Most web pages are programmed in XML. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) ________ is the standard for transmitting data between applications and systems.

A) Web query B) Text file C) XML D) Metadata Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) ________ is a markup language that was created to give structure to web page data so that it could be searched more efficiently.

A) HTML B) XML C) VBA D) Query Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) ________ is a web language that was created to tell the browser how to properly display the web page.

A) HTML B) XML C) VBA D) Query Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 13) ________ are markup indicators in an XML document used to identify the data.

A) Brackets B) Processors C) Parenthesis D) Tags Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) An XML document uses ________ that include start tags, end tags and the data itself.

A) map B) markup C) schema D) elements Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 476 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) <revenue> is an example of a(n) ________.

A) HTML tag B) metadata C) XML tag D) delimiter Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

16) Which of the following is NOT true of text files?

A) Text files do not contain graphics.

B) Text files are also called ASCII files.

C) Text files contain formatting.

D) Text files are larger than XML files.

Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 480-481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17) Which of the following is NOT a text file?

A) Tab-delimited B) Comma-separated C) XML D) Space-delimited Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) In a tab-delimited file, ________ separate the data.

A) commas B) tabs C) spaces D) hyphens Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) A(n) ________ is a way of indicating the beginning and end of a text data segment.

A) metadata B) delimiter C) schema D) element Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 480 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) The following is an example of the ________ data type.

ProductNum,ProductName,DateShipped,Quantity Shipped 59313,XL Golf Shirts,3/15/13,35 72316,Men's Shoe,2/5/13,10 47423,Head covers,3/6/13,20 A) tab delimited B) space delimited C) comma separated D) font delimited Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 21) The following is an example of the ________ data type.

PNum PName Shipped Quantity 59313 XL_Golf_Shirts 3_15_13 35 72316 Mens_Shoe 2_5_13 10 47423 Head_covers 3_6_/13 20 A) tab delimited B) space delimited C) comma separated D) font delimited Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) To import a text file into Excel with all the text import features, click the ________ tab.

A) Data B) New C) Info D) Options Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

23) All of the following statements are TRUE about the Text Import Wizard data EXCEPT: A) Sometimes Excel will incorrectly identify the language used in the text file, and this may throw off the Text Import Wizard.

B) The Text Import Wizard does have file size limitations, and occasionally you will get a text file that is too big to import into Excel.

C) If you do not want to include all the headings or if there is a comment at the beginning of the file, you can tell Excel to start in any row below a target row so it will omit extraneous text.

D) The Text Import Wizard that can be initiated by clicking the From Text button on the External Data tab.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) All of the following statements are TRUE about connecting to an Access database EXCEPT: A) You can copy and paste data from an Access table into a blank Excel worksheet.

B) Within Access, users have the option of exporting tabular data into an Excel format.

C) For longer-term projects, a permanent connection between an Access database and the Excel application can be created by using the Access Data Connect feature.

D) Live data from a permanent connection can be imported as a simple table, or even a PivotTable report or PivotChart.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 25) An Access database uses a ________ field to uniquely identify a record.

A) primary key B) foreign key C) super key D) data key Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) When a primary key from one table is connected to another table, it is said to be a ________ key.

A) primary B) foreign C) super D) secondary Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

27) A social security number is commonly used as a ________ key.

A) primary B) foreign C) super D) secondary Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) ________ is a special tool that makes it easy to connect Excel to an Access database.

A) Microsoft Query B) Data connections C) Excel Query D) SQL Server Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 484 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 29) You can import tables and queries from Access by dragging the object from the ________ and dropping it into the desired starting cell.

A) Navigation Pane B) Data Import window C) XML Schema pane D) data connection Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 484 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) All of the following statements are TRUE about cleansing data EXCEPT: A) Data cleansing is the process of fixing obvious errors in the data and converting the data into a useful format.

B) Data cleansing is not data verification.

C) Data verification is the process of validating that the data is correct and accurate.

D) Data cleansing is very costly both in time and money.

Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

31) Data ________ is a process that converts data into a useful format by fixing obvious errors.

A) validation B) testing C) verification D) cleansing Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) Data ________ is a process that validates data so that it is accurate.

A) functioning B) testing C) verification D) validation Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 33) To change the text string jaMEs sMITh to James Smith, use the ________ function.

A) CLEAN B) PROPER C) TRIM D) SUBSTITUTE Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) To remove any nonprinting characters from a text string, use the ________ function.

A) CLEAN B) PROPER C) TRIM D) SUBSTITUTE Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

35) To change the text string James Smith to JAMES SMITH, use the ________ function.

A) UPPER B) LOWER C) PROPER D) CONCATENATE Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 488 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) To remove all spaces from text except for single spaces between words, use the ________ function.

A) CLEAN B) PROPER C) TRIM D) SUBSTITUTE Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 488 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) ________ are functions that manipulate data to clean it up and make it useful.

A) Text functions B) Data functions C) Data verification D) Data cleansing Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 488 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) To change the word apple with orange in a string of text, use the ________ function.

A) SUBSTITUTE B) PROPER C) CONCATENATE D) REPLACE Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 491 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

39) If cell A2 contains the text string "red shorts", then =________(A2,3) will return the word "red".

A) LEFT B) SEARCH C) LEN D) MID Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 491 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) If cell A2 contains the string "Excel 2013", then =________(A2) will return the number "10".

A) LEFT B) COUNT C) LEN D) MID Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 491 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) All of the following statements are TRUE about using Flash Fill to cleanse data EXCEPT: A) Flash Fill works by examining the pattern of data in the cell next to where you are typing.

B) Flash Fill recognizes patterns in data as you type and automatically fills in values for text and date data.

C) For Flash Fill to work, you must type in an adjoining column or row to your existing data.

D) Flash Fill can make data cleansing easier and faster than using traditional text functions.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 496 Objective: Use Flash Fill to Cleanse Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) The ________ Wizard separates text files into their respective columns.

A) FIND B) REPLACE C) Data verification D) Convert Text to Columns Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 498 Objective: Separate Data Using Text Functions and Wizards Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

43) Most organizations keep their information in one single data source.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) Anything that is NOT stored in an Excel format or NOT stored locally is considered to be an external data set.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) Excel has the ability to consolidate diverse types of data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) Excel import file types are limited to only two types of files, HTML and XML. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) One popular way to integrate information from web pages is to use a Data Connection Wizard.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 471 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) A web query will always be able to access information even when the URL changes.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 471 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) Some companies use Internet queries on their websites to make their data available to users.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 471 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

50) Copy and pasting data from a website and using a web query have the same result.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 471 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) HTML describes the content of the data between tags.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) There is NOT a prespecified standard for XML tags.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) With XML, the content, format, and structure are contained in a single document.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) Text files have no metadata associated with them.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 480 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) A delimiter is just a way of indicating the beginning and end of a text data segment.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 480 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) Text files are imported into Excel in a similar manner as XML and HTML files.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) Commas are the only delimiter allowed for text files.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

58) Two of the most common text file types that use delimiters are .csv and .txt.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) Text files can contain fonts, images, and hyperlinks.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) Most people prefer to use Access over Excel to chart and analyze data.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 482 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) Access database tables are the only element that can be imported into Excel.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) Excel cannot connect to an Access database; rather, data must be copied and pasted into a spreadsheet.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) Excel cannot create permanent connections between an Access databases and an Excel spreadsheet.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) You can import tables and queries from Access by dragging the object from the Navigation Pane and dropping it into the desired starting cell.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 484 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) Excel has a query wizard built into its Microsoft Query function that can be a very powerful aid for linking a worksheet to an Access database.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 484 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) Data cleansing is the process of validating that the data is correct and accurate.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) Text functions help to extract and standardize data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 488 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) Flash Fill recognizes patterns in data as you type and automatically fills in values for text and numeric data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 496 Objective: Use Flash Fill to Cleanse Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) Flash Fill involves more typing than traditional text functions and can be more difficult to use on touch-enabled devices.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 496 Objective: Use Flash Fill to Cleanse Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) Conditional formatting can aid in removing duplicate data.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 503 Objective: Separate Data Using Text Functions and Wizards Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) The MONTH function returns the name of the month. For example 11/11/2013 would return November.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 506 Objective: Clean Date-Related Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) The DATEVALUE function can be used to calculate the number of available work days between two given dates.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 507 Objective: Clean Date-Related Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) Excel users can import data from a variety of sources including ________, which is anything that is neither stored in an Excel format nor stored locally.

Answer: external data Diff: 2 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) An Excel web query creates a(n) ________ to the original web page so that you will have the most up-to-date data .

Answer: connection Diff: 2 Page Ref: 474 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) With ________, tags are prespecified and are used to tell the browser how to display the web data.

Answer: HTML Diff: 2 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) With ________, tags are customized for content of a specific industry.

Answer: XML Diff: 2 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) Data on web pages is not stored in an organized manner; therefore, ________ was created to give structure to web page data.

Answer: XML Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) A(n) ________ document is saved as an .xsd file.

Answer: XML schema Diff: 3 Page Ref: 476 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) Formatting for an XML document is saved with the ________ file extension.

Answer: .xsl Diff: 3 Page Ref: 476 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) A(n) ________ is a file structured by the use of delimiters.

Answer: text file Diff: 1 Page Ref: 480 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) ________ is data about data such as source information, key words, and captions.

Answer: Metadata Diff: 2 Page Ref: 480 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) A(n) ________ indicates the beginning and end of a text data segment.

Answer: delimiter Diff: 2 Page Ref: 480 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) By definition, a(n) ________ database is a collection of tables linked together by shared fields.

Answer: relational Diff: 1 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) The ________ function removes the first 32 nonprinting character codes.

Answer: CLEAN Diff: 2 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) The ________ function capitalizes the first letter of each word and leaves the remaining letters as lowercase.

Answer: PROPER Diff: 2 Page Ref: 487 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

86) Use the ________ function when you want to remove spaces at the beginning or end of a string.

Answer: TRIM Diff: 2 Page Ref: 488 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) The ________ function returns the total number of characters in a string.

Answer: LEN Diff: 2 Page Ref: 491 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) If the ________ function does not find the string supplied for the old_text argument, it will not return an error.

Answer: SUBSTITUTE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 492 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) The ________ function could be used to make sandbox out of the two words sand and box.

Answer: CONCATENATE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 494 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) ________ recognizes patterns in data as you type and automatically fills in values for text and numeric data.

Answer: Flash Fill Diff: 3 Page Ref: 496 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) Because Flash Fill involves less typing than traditional text functions, it can be easier to use on ________ devices.

Answer: touch-enabled Diff: 2 Page Ref: 496 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) The ________ function is used to convert a date represented by text to a serial number.

Answer: DATEVALUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 504 Objective: Clean Date-Related Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) Jerry used a function to convert the following date 1/31/2012. The function he used returned the number 31. Jerry likely used the ________ function.

Answer: DAY Diff: 2 Page Ref: 506 Objective: Clean Date-Related Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) Match the following terms with their description.

I. .accdb II. HTML III. .csv IV. .txt V. XML A. Data stored in the Extensible Markup Language format B. Import data from relational tables created in Access C. Data stored in a comma-delimited format D. Exchange data between mainframes and other systems stored in a text format E. Link to data stored in tabular form on websites Answer: B, E, C, D, A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 470 Objective: Understand the Importance of External Data Sets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Markup Language II. XML schema III. HTML IV. XML element V. XML A. Defines the content of data so it can be stored or transported B. Includes the XML start and stop tags as well as data C. Describes the structure of an XML document D. Defines the way web page data will be displayed by the browser E. Uses tags to tell the processor what to do with the document Answer: E, C, D, B, A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 475-476 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

96) Match the following terms with their description.

I. CSV file II. Tab-delimited file III. Metadata IV. Delimiter V. Text file A. A simple container of text data B. A character that indicates the beginning and end of a text segment C. A text file that uses commas to separate data D. Key words, instructions, captions E. A text file that uses tabs to separate data Answer: C, E, D, B, A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 480-481 Objective: Understand and Import XML Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Relational database II. Primary key III. Foreign key IV. Access database V. Microsoft Query A. Collection of tables linked by common fields B. A field that is linked to a primary key in another table C. Unique identifier for a record D. A tool used to import data fields into Excel E. Uses the .accdb or .mdb file extension Answer: A, C, B, E, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 483 Objective: Connect to an Access Database Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Match the following terms with their description.

I. CLEAN II. LOWER III. PROPER IV. TRIM V. UPPER A. Removes all spaces from text except spaces between words B. Removes nonprinting characters C. Converts to uppercase D. Capitalizes only the first letter in each word E. Converts to lowercase Answer: B, E, D, A, C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 487-488 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 99) Match the following terms with their description.

I. RIGHT II. LEN III. LEFT IV. CONCATENATE V. MID A. Joins two text strings into one text string B. Returns the number of characters in a text string C. Returns the specified number of characters from the start of a text string D. Returns the specified number of characters from the end of a text string E. Returns the specified number of characters starting at the character you specify Answer: D, B, C, A, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 490-491 Objective: Clean Imported Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Match the following terms with their description.

I. DAY II. DATE III. WORKDAY IV. DATEVALUE V. WEEKDAY A. Returns the sequential serial number for a particular date B. Returns the serial number of the date represented C. Calculates the number of standard working days (less holidays and weekends) before or after a given date D. Returns the day of the month E. Returns the day of the week as a number (1-7) for a given date Answer: D, A, C, B, E Diff: 3 Page Ref: 506 Objective: Clean Date-Related Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

22 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 5 Workshop 10 Data Tables, Scenario Manager, and Solver 1) A ________ analysis studies the relationship between fixed and variable costs, sales volume, and profits.

A) Variable cost B) Cost-volume-prices C) Cost-volume-profit D) Cost-variable-profit Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 516 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) Which of the following is NOT one of the three cost types to consider when calculating the break-even point?

A) Variable costs B) Mixed costs C) Fixed costs D) Alternative costs Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 516 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) A phone bill, which contains a base plan fee and then per minute used, is an example of ________.

A) Variable costs B) Mixed costs C) Fixed costs D) Alternative costs Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 516 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) A ________ is a type of scenario tool that allows you to change a number in a target cell location in single-unit increments.

A) variable B) data bar C) break-even point D) scroll bar Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 519 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) A manager may want to highlight cells for employees who exceeded monthly sales quotas or products that are selling below cost. This is an example of ________.

A) break-even analysis B) conditional formatting C) a data bar D) a data table Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 522 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) ________ makes the data easier to read and understand because it adds a visual or graphical element to the cells or values.

A) Break-even analysis B) Conditional formatting C) A data table D) A scroll bar Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 522 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) If you want to apply a conditional format that would format different cells with different colors, where one color is assigned to the lowest group of values, another color is assigned to the highest group of values, and gradient colors are assigned to other values, you would use ________.

A) Top/Bottom Rules B) Data Bars C) Color Scales D) Icon Sets Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 522 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) All of the following statements are TRUE about data tables EXCEPT: A) A data table takes sets of input values, determines possible results, and displays all the results in one table on one worksheet.

B) Although a data table is limited to only one or two variables, a data table can include as many different variable values as needed.

C) Because data tables only focus on one or two variables, the results are easy to read and share in tabular form.

D) Data tables are one of the four types of what-if analyses tools in Excel.

Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 523 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) All of the following statements are TRUE about one-variable data tables EXCEPT: A) A one-variable data table can help you analyze how different values of one variable in one or more formulas will change the results of those formulas.

B) If you change the formula used in your data table, the data table will need to be manually updated by pressing F5.

C) The formulas that are used in a one-variable data table must refer to only one input cell.

D) A one-variable data table has input values that are listed either as column-oriented or roworiented.

Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 524 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) In a data table, the ________ number format is used to disguise the formula references in the first row as labels.

A) Custom B) Scientific C) Text D) Special Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 524 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) Which What-If Analysis tool would be best at comparing how interest rates affect a monthly car payment?

A) Goal Seek B) Scenario Manager C) One-variable data table D) Two-variable data table Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 524 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) All of the following statements are TRUE about two-variable data tables EXCEPT: A) The data table can calculate elasticity.

B) You must specify both the row input cell and the column input cell from the original data set.

C) The top left corner must contain a formula or reference the original formula.

D) A custom format can be applied to the formula cell.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 526-527 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) A two-variable data table returns ________ result(s) for each combination of two variables.

A) one B) two C) three D) four Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 527 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) Which What-If Analysis tool would be best at determining how much you can borrow for a car loan while paying only $275 a month?

A) Scenario Manager B) Solver C) Data Table D) Goal Seek Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 529 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) What is the main difference between Goal Seek and variable data tables?

A) Goal Seek produces a list of result values.

B) Goal Seek uses the original worksheet data to change an input.

C) Goal Seek manipulates multiple variables to produce multiple results.

D) Goal Seek shows results in a separate table.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 529 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) Through a process called ________, Goal Seek repeatedly enters new values in the variable cell to find a solution to the problem.

A) iteration B) repetition C) valuation D) seeking Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) In the Goal Seek dialog box, the ________ box must contain a formula.

A) Goal B) To value C) By changing cell D) Set cell Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) The To value box in the Goal Seek dialog box contains ________.

A) a cell reference from the formula that can be adjusted to achieve the goal B) a formula C) the result desired for the formula D) a function Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) The Goal Seek command is located in the ________ command on the Data tab.

A) Consolidate B) Data Validation C) What-If Analysis D) Advanced Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) The Scenario Manager dialog box enables you to do all of the following EXCEPT ________.

A) add scenarios B) delete scenarios C) format scenarios D) edit scenarios Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 532 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) In the Scenario Manager dialog box, click ________ to create a new scenario.

A) Summary B) Add C) Merge D) Show Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 534 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) To view scenarios, click the ________ button in the Scenario Manager dialog box.

A) Summary B) Add C) Merge D) Show Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 535 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) What happens when you add a new scenario and generate a new scenario summary report?

A) The new report will be created on a new worksheet.

B) The new scenario will be included into the old report.

C) The new report will be added directly below the original report.

D) The new report will replace the original report.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 536 Objective: Create Scenario Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) Which of the following is TRUE about scenario reports?

A) New reports appear on separate worksheets.

B) Reports cannot be formatted.

C) Click the Show button to create a report.

D) Headings cannot be added once the report is generated.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 536 Objective: Create Scenario Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) To create scenario summary reports, click the ________ button in the Scenario Manager dialog box.

A) Summary B) Add C) Merge D) Show Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 536 Objective: Create Scenario Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) Which of the following is NOT in the What-If Analysis command in the Data Tools group on the Data tab?

A) Scenario Manager B) Solver C) Data Table D) Goal Seek Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 538 Objective: Understand the Use of the Solver Add-In Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding Solver EXCEPT: A) Business managers can use Solver to minimize or maximize the output based on the constraints.

B) The purpose of using Solver is to perform what-if analysis to solve more complex problems and to optimize the outcome.

C) Prior to configuring the Solver variables, you need to ensure that you create a spreadsheet model that can be used to manipulate the values for your constraints.

D) For the Solver to work properly, the formula in the result cell must reference and depend on the variable cells for part of its calculation.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 538 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) A(n) ________ is an application with specific functionality geared toward accomplishing a specific goal.

A) Scenario Manager B) Data Table C) downloadable app D) add-in Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 538 Objective: Understand the Use of the Solver Add-In Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) Where do you go to begin loading the Solver add-inn?

A) Install on the Add-Ins tab B) Options on the File tab C) Add-In options on the File tab D) What-If Analysis on the Data tab Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 539 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) ________ are rules you establish when formulating your Solver model.

A) Constraints B) By changing variable cells C) Input values D) Objective cells Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 538 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) Solver can be used for ________.

A) complex equation solving B) conditional formatting C) consolidating data D) linear programming Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 539 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) Which of the following is NOT one of the three parameters in Solver?

A) Constraints B) By changing variable cells C) Input value D) Objective cell Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 540 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) All of the following solving methods are available within the Solver Parameters dialog box EXCEPT ________.

A) Simplex LP method B) Evolutionary method C) GRG Nonlinear method D) Linear programming method Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 542 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) The ________ is the default method that Excel's Solver uses.

A) Simplex LP method B) Evolutionary method C) GRG Nonlinear method D) Linear programming method Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 543 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) The ________ solving method is the most complex because it is both nonlinear and nonsmooth.

A) Simplex LP method B) Evolutionary method C) GRG Nonlinear method D) Linear programming method Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 544 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) All of the following are types of Solver reports EXCEPT ________.

A) Solver limits report B) Solver statistical report C) Solver population report D) Solver sensitivity report Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 545 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) Which Solver report type displays various statistical characteristics about the model?

A) Solver limits report B) Solver statistical report C) Solver population report D) Solver sensitivity report Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 545 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) A constraint that affects the optimal solution is considered a ________ constraint.

A) Binding B) Nonbinding C) Linear D) Model Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 547 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) What information is displayed in the first section of a Solver report?

A) Objective cell information B) Variable cell information C) Report details D) Constraints information Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 547 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) Solver models can be saved and restored by clicking the Load/Save button on the ________ dialog box.

A) Solver Parameters B) Scenario Data C) Scenario Manager D) Solver Manager Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 550 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) Managers can use break-even analysis to calculate the break-even point in sales volume or dollars, estimate profit or loss at any level of sales volume, and help in setting prices.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 516 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) When the golf course is open for business, they have to pay management salaries, insurance, depreciation of building and equipment, and so on, regardless of how many customers they have during the day. These are examples of variable costs.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 516 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) Utilities such as electricity and water are examples of mixed costs.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 516 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) What-if analysis tools provide definitive solutions to problems.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 519 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) Goal seek is a form control that allows you to change a number in a target cell location in single-unit increments.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 519 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) The scroll bar is a type of scenario tool because of the ability to calculate numerous outputs in other cells by referencing the target cell in formulas and functions.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 519 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) If a manager wanted to highlight a cell once its value reached the break-even point, the manager will apply the icon sets conditional formatting option.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 522 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

48) Excel contains three types of what-if analysis tools on the Data tab: Data table, Scenario Manager, and Goal Seek.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 523 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) For a one-variable data table, you must specify both the row input cell and column input cell from the original data set.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 524 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Formulas that are used in a one-variable data table must refer to several input cells.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 524 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) A two-variable data table can be used to calculate elasticity.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 526 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) If a product or service is not responsive to change, it is inelastic.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 527 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) The value you want to achieve in Goal Seek needs to be entered in the To value box in the Goal Seek dialog box.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 529 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) The initial results of Goal Seek are automatically entered into a new worksheet.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 529 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

55) The iteration settings cannot be changed.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) The Scenario Manager dialog box enables you to add, edit, and delete scenarios.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 532 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) Scenarios can be created without a formula or function on your worksheet.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 532 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) The number of scenarios you can create is limitless.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 533 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) If you delete a scenario and change your mind, you can use the Undo button to undo your deletion.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 534 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) By selecting the Scenario Summary option, you can create a worksheet that includes subtotals and the results of the scenarios.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 535 Objective: Create Scenario Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) PivotTables allow even more manipulation of data because of the three-dimensional view they provide.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 536 Objective: Create Scenario Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

62) Solver can be used to find values that optimize an objective.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 539 Objective: Understand the Use of the Solver Add-In Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) When using Solver, the constraint cell contains a formula that creates a value that you want to optimize.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 539 Objective: Understand the Use of the Solver Add-In Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) The Simplex LP, Generalized Reduced Gradient Nonlinear, and Evolutionary are the three solving methods within the Solver Parameters dialog box.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 542-544 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) The Reports list in the Solver Results dialog box displays the available report types.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 545 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) Changing a binding constraint also changes the optimal solution.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 547 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) The last section of the Solver report displays information about the report.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 547 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) To open a saved Solver model you must first click Load/Save button on the Solver Parameters dialog box.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 548 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

69) Managers use ________ to determine the minimum volume the business needs to make and sell if it is a manufacturer, or buy and sell if it is a retail business, to be sustainable.

Answer: break-even analysis Diff: 2 Page Ref: 519 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) The scroll bar is a type of ________ tool because of the ability to calculate numerous outputs in other cells by referencing the target cell in formulas and functions.

Answer: scenario Diff: 2 Page Ref: 519 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) To add a scroll bar, you first need to add the ________ tab.

Answer: Developer Diff: 1 Page Ref: 520 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) What-if analysis tools can be found on the ________ tab.

Answer: Data Diff: 1 Page Ref: 524 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) If a manager wanted to analyze how interest rates affect a monthly loan payment, the best data table to use will be the ________ data table.

Answer: one-variable Diff: 2 Page Ref: 524 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) Input values are listed in both columns and rows in a(n) ________ data table.

Answer: two-variable Diff: 2 Page Ref: 526 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) If a change in price is accompanied by a large change in quantity demanded, a product or service is considered ________.

Answer: elastic Diff: 2 Page Ref: 526 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

76) If a large change in price is accompanied by a small amount of change in demand, a product or service is considered ________.

Answer: inelastic Diff: 2 Page Ref: 526 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) In the Goal Seek dialog box, the ________ box contains a formula.

Answer: Set cell Diff: 3 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) The Goal Seek command is located in the What-If Analysis tool of the ________ tab.

Answer: Data Diff: 1 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) Goal Seek repeatedly enters new values in the variable cell through a process called ________.

Answer: iteration Diff: 3 Page Ref: 530 Objective: Use Goal Seek Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) A(n) ________ allows you to build a what-if analysis model that includes variable cells linked by one or more formulas or functions.

Answer: scenario Diff: 2 Page Ref: 532 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) Of the three What-If Analysis tools available on the Data tab, the ________ can compare more than two variables.

Answer: Scenario Manager Diff: 1 Page Ref: 532 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) The Scenario Manager has the ability to add, edit, and ________ scenarios.

Answer: delete Diff: 1 Page Ref: 532 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

83) In the Scenario Manager dialog box, click ________ to start creating your first scenario.

Answer: Add Diff: 1 Page Ref: 534 Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) Click the ________ button in the Scenario Manager dialog box to view scenario report options.

Answer: Summary Diff: 2 Page Ref: 535 Objective: Create Scenario Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) To compare scenarios, create a scenario ________ report.

Answer: summary Diff: 2 Page Ref: 535 Objective: Create Scenario Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) A(n) ________ is an application with specific functionality geared toward accomplishing a specific goal.

Answer: add-in Diff: 2 Page Ref: 538 Objective: Understand the Use of the Solver Add-In Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) The three parameters available in Solver are objective cell, variable cell, and ________.

Answer: constraints Diff: 1 Page Ref: 539 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) In Solver, the ________ cell always contains a formula.

Answer: objective Diff: 2 Page Ref: 540 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) In Solver, the recommended first step to creating an analysis is deciding on a(n) ________.

Answer: goal Diff: 3 Page Ref: 540 Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

90) The Solver ________ Report shows the upper and lower bounds for the optimal value.

Answer: Limits Diff: 3 Page Ref: 545 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) The Solver ________ Report displays various statistical characteristics about the given model, such as how many variables and rows it contains.

Answer: Population Diff: 3 Page Ref: 545 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) The Solver ________ Report lists the objective cell and the changing cells with their corresponding original and final values for the problem, input variables, and constraints.

Answer: Answer Diff: 3 Page Ref: 545 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) A constraint that does NOT affect the optimal solution is a(n) ________ constraint.

Answer: Nonbinding Diff: 2 Page Ref: 547 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) By clicking the ________ button on the Solver Parameter dialog box, solver models can be saved.

Answer: Load/Save Diff: 2 Page Ref: 548 Objective: Generate and Interpret Solver Answer Reports Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Fixed costs II. Break-even analysis III. Mixed costs IV. Break-even point V. Variable costs A. A cost-volume-profit analysis tool that calculates the break-even point in sales volume or dollars, estimates profit or loss at any level of sales volume, and helps in setting prices B. Costs that change based on how many products are sold or services are rendered C. Expenses that never change regardless of how much product is sold or how many services are rendered D. Costs that contain a variable component and a fixed component E. The sales level at which revenue equals total costs Answer: C, A, D, E, B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 516 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Two-variable data table II. One-variable data table III. Variable IV. What-if analysis V. Scroll bar A. A tool that provides various results based on changing one variable B. A value that you can change to see how that change affects other values C. A form control that allows you to change a number in a target cell location in single-unit increments D. Summarizes the effects that two variables have on one result E. The process of changing variables to observe how changes affect calculated results Answer: D, A, B, E, C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 519, 524, 526 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis; Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Highlight Cells Rules II. Icon Sets III. Color Scales IV. Data Bars V. Top/Bottom Rules A. Formats different cells with different colors; one color is assigned to the lowest group of values, another color to the highest group of values, and gradient colors for other values B. Formats cells with values in the top 10 items, top 10%, bottom 10 items, bottom 10 %, above average, or below average C. Applies a color gradient or solid fill bar D. Inserts an icon from the icon palette E. Highlights cells with a fill color, font color, or border if values are greater than, less than, between two values, equal to a value, or duplicate values Answer: E, D, A, C, B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 522 Objective: Perform Break-Even Analysis Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 98) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Unit elasticity II. Perfectly inelastic III. Perfectly elastic IV. Relatively elastic V. Relatively inelastic A. For elasticity values of zero, a change in price has no influence on demand.

B. For elasticity values of one, any change in price results in an equal and opposite change in demand.

C. If the elasticity is less than one, large changes in price will cause small changes in demand.

D. If the elasticity is greater than one, demand is very responsive to changes in price.

E. For high elasticity values, any change in price causes a vast change in demand.

Answer: B, A, E, D, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 529 Objective: Analyze Variables in Formulas Through the Use of Data Tables Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

99) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Scenario Manager II. Scenario summary report III. Changing cells IV. Scenario PivotTable report V. Scenario A. Data cells whose values differ in each scenario B. A worksheet that includes a summary of the scenarios in PivotTable format C. A tool that enables you to define and manage scenarios to compare how they affect results D. A set of values that represent a possible situation E. A worksheet that contains the scenario results Answer: C, E, A, B, D Diff: 1 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Use the Scenario Manager to Create Scenarios Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 100) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Changing variable cell II. Add-in III. Objective cell IV. Binding constraint V. Constraint A. The cell that contains the formula-based value that you want to optimize B. A cell containing a variable whose value changes until Solver optimizes the objective cell C. An application that can be added to a primary program, such as Excel, that is not automatically activated D. A limitation that imposes restrictions on Solver E. A rule that Solver has to enforce to reach the optimal solution Answer: B, C, A, E, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

101) Match the following terms to their description.

I. Linear programming II. Simplex LP method III. GRG Nonlinear method IV. Evolutionary method V. Solver A. A linear model in which the variables are not raised to any powers and no transcendent functions are used B. The most complex method, which is used for nonlinear and nonsmooth models C. An add-in analysis tool that manipulates variables based on predetermined constraints to find the optimal solution D. The default method for Solver, which is used for nonlinear and smooth models E. A mathematical method for determining how to attain the best outcome in a mathematical model Answer: E, A, D, B, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Solve Complex Problems Using Solver Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

22 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 6 Workshop 11 Loan Amortization, Investment Analysis, and Asset Depreciation 1) Often used to determine a company's value, ________ is the movement of cash in and out of a business.

A) cash flow B) economic risk C) NPV D) capital budgeting Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 570 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) A(n) ________ occurs when there is a concern that a chosen act or activity will not generate sufficient revenues to cover operating costs and repay debt obligations.

A) cash flow B) economic risk C) NPV D) capital budgeting Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 570 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) You would use the ________ function to find out how much money you would pay on a mortgage loan of $100,000 with a monthly rate of 5%.

A) PV B) FV C) PMT D) IF Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 571 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) The pv argument in the PMT function represents the ________ of the loan.

A) payment amount B) loan amount C) percentage rate D) percentage value Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) The ________ argument in the PMT function represents number of periods.

A) nper B) fv C) type D) rate Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) The ________ argument in the PMT function represents the balance you want to attain after the last payment is made.

A) fv B) pv C) rate D) nper Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) Identify the correct formula to calculate the payment for a loan, where rate =6%, loan amount = $2,000, and payments will be made monthly for six years.

A) =PMT(.06, 6*12, 2000) B) =PMT(.06/12, 6*12, -2000) C) =PMT(.06, 6*12, -2000) D) =PMT(6, 6*12, 2000) Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) If you don't know the interest rate for a loan but you know the present value, payment, and number of payment periods, you can use the ________ function to determine the interest rate.

A) GUESS B) PMT C) RATE D) NPER Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 574 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) The ________ argument is used when you want to speculate about what the interest rate would be when using the RATE function.

A) guess B) pv C) fv D) type Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 574 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) The ________ function calculates the interest rate per period for an investment or loan, given that you know the present value of the loan, payment amount, and number of payment periods.

A) NPV B) IPMT C) RATE D) NPER Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 575 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) The ________ function calculates the number of payment periods for an investment or loan if you know the loan amount, interest rate, and payment amount.

A) NPV B) IPMT C) RATE D) NPER Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 576 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) If you don't know the number of periods for a loan but you know the present value, payment, and number of interest rate, you can use the ________ function to determine the number of periods.

A) GUESS B) PMT C) RATE D) NPER Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 576 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) The ________ function calculates the amount of interest paid over a specific number of periods.

A) CUMIPMT B) PPMT C) IPMT D) CUMPRINC Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) Identify the correct formula to calculate the cumulative interest paid on a mortgage loan for the second year of the loan (periods 13-24, where rate =9%, nper= 5, present value = $250,000.

A) =CUMIPMT(.09/12, 5*12, 250000,13,24,0) B) =CUMIPMT(.09/12, 5*12, 250000,24,13,0) C) =CUMIPMT(.09*12, 30/12,-250000,13,24,0) D) =CUMIPMT(.09/12, 30/12,-250000,24,13,0) Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) To display a positive result for the CUMIPMT function you would need to nest the ________ function.

A) NPV B) PV C) PPMT D) ABS Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) All of the following functions can be used to analyze an annuity investment EXCEPT ________.

A) FV B) PV C) ABS D) PMT Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) Identify the correct formula to calculate the cumulative principal paid on a mortgage loan for the second year of the loan (periods 1-12, where rate =5%, nper =120, present value = $147,000.

A) =CUMIPMT(.05/12, 120*12, 147000,12,1,0) B) =CUMIPMT(.05/12, 120*12,-147000,1,12,0) C) =ABS(CUMIPMT(.05/12, 120,-147000,12,1,0)) D) =(ABS(CUMIPMT(.05/12, 120, 147000,1,12,0)) Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 579 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) The ________ function can be used to identify the principal portion for a mortgage payment.

A) PMT B) IPMT C) PPMT D) FV Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) An amortization table shows all of the following EXCEPT ________.

A) interest payments over the life of the loan B) interest rate for each payment C) principal payments over the life of the loan D) remaining balance of the loan Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) The PMT function and the IPMT functions use the same arguments EXCEPT ________.

A) fv B) pv C) type D) per Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) The ________ function can be used to identify the interest portion for a mortgage payment.

A) PMT B) IPMT C) PPMT D) FV Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 581 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) All of the following statements are TRUE about amortization schedules EXCEPT: A) All interest and principal paid should equal the sum of all the payments made.

B) The final remaining balance value in your table should be zero.

C) A given periodic payment will equal the sum of the interest payment (IPMT) and the principal payment (PPMT).

D) The sum of the principal payments (PPMT) will always equal the loan amount. If you add interest it will be the total amount paid over the course of the loan term, both in interest and principal.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 581 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) All of the following statements are TRUE about investments EXCEPT: A) A security is a legal document that can be bought and sold and holds some financial value.

B) In terms of economic risk for stocks and bonds, stocks are typically considered less risky.

C) Stocks are categorized as equity securities because the company gives partial ownership of its equity, defined as total assets minus total liabilities, by selling stock in the company.

D) Bonds are categorized as debt securities because the company is indebted to the people who loan the company money through the purchase of bonds.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) A(n) ________ is a an investment with recurring payments.

A) interest rate B) amortization schedule C) principal D) annuity Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) A(n) ________ is the ratio of the amount of money gained or lost from an investment relative to the initial amount invested.

A) return on security B) equity distribution C) return on investment D) maturity ratio Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) The ________ function calculates what an investment would be worth in today's dollars.

A) FV B) NPV C) PV D) PMT Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 584 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) The ________ function can help businesses determine the future return on an investment.

A) FV B) NPV C) PV D) PMT Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 585 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) The FV function has two optional arguments. These two arguments are ________ and ________.

A) rate; payment B) payment; type C) pv; rate D) pv; type Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 585 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) Companies that are planning to make a long-term investment, like the purchase of machinery, typically use ________ to evaluate whether the endeavor is worth pursuing.

A) capital budgeting B) amortization table C) cash flows D) present value analysis Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 587 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) The ________ function is used to determine the value of an investment by analyzing a series of future incoming and outgoing cash flows expected to occur over the life of the investment.

A) NPV B) XNPV C) IRR D) XIRR Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 587 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) The ________ function determines the value of an investment or business by analyzing an irregular time series of incoming and outgoing cash flows.

A) NPV B) XNPV C) IRR D) XIRR Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 589 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) The ________ function indicates the profitability of an investment and is commonly used in business when choosing between investments.

A) NPV B) XNPV C) IRR D) XIRR Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 590 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) The ________ function analyzes a series of cash flows that are not periodic.

A) NPV B) XNPV C) IRR D) XIRR Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 592 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) The ________ method of depreciation calculates depreciation at the highest accelerated rate.

A) accumulated B) double declining-balance C) declining-balance D) straight-line Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 593 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) The ________ method of depreciation assumes that the value of an asset depreciates more in the first year than in the second year.

A) accumulated B) double distributing-balance C) declining-balance D) straight-line Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 593 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) The ________ method of depreciation that the value of the asset loses the same amount of value each year of its life.

A) accumulated B) double distributing-balance C) declining-balance D) straight-line Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 593 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) A depreciation schedule records all of the following EXCEPT ________.

A) accumulated depreciation B) calculation for each year's depreciation C) the date an asset was placed into service D) net book value Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 594 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) The ________ method of depreciation calculates depreciation evenly over the life of the asset.

A) accumulated depreciation B) double-depreciation C) fixed-declining balance D) straight-line Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 594 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) The ________ of an asset is the value of an asset at the end of its useful life.

A) depreciation B) principal C) salvage value D) death Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 594 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) The SLN function has ________ arguments.

A) three B) four C) five D) six Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 594 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) The statement of cash flows can aid in determining whether a company is able to collect payments from customers and pay its bills.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 570 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

42) The statement of cash flows can be used by banks to determine whether a company is eligible for a business loan.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 570 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) To calculate a loan payment for a mortgage loan with a monthly rate of 4%, you would enter .04 for the rate argument.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 571 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) By default, the PMT function returns a positive payment amount.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 571 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) The fv and type arguments for the PMT are considered optional arguments.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 571 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) Incoming cash flows are "negative," whereas outgoing flows are "positive."

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) When using the PMT function, you should type a negative sign in front of the present value of the loan so that the payment will result in a positive value.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) The type argument is used in the PMT function and is an optional argument.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

49) The NPER function can be useful if you do not have all the information you need to calculate loan payments with the PMT function or you would like to verify the actual interest rate of the loan.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 574 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Each loan payment in an amortized loan is made up of a principal amount and an interest amount.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 577 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) The CUMIPMT can be used to help calculate interest for a federal tax return.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) The CUMIPMT requires six arguments.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) The CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC return a positive value by default.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 578-579 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) An alternative method to using the negative sign to make the result positive is to use the ABS function.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) An amortization schedule is a table that calculates the interest and principal payments along with the remaining balance of the loan for each period.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

56) An amortization table shows the interest rate for each payment.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) Interest and principal make up EVERY payment in an amortization table.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) The PPMT and IPMT functions use the same syntax.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 580-581 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) As the total loan balance decreases, a larger proportion is applied to interest and a smaller proportion is applied to principal.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 582 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) The PMT function equals the sum of the IPMT and PPMT results.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 582 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) Maturity is the interest rate the bond pays.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) The par value is how much the bondholder will receive at maturity.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

63) A security is a legal document that can be bought and sold and holds some financial value.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) Yield is the amount of annual interest, expressed as a percentage of the par value and determines how much investors will receive on their investment.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) The NPV function can evaluate the value of an investment over time through incoming and outgoing cash flows.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 587 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) The series of values for the XNPV function must contain at least one positive and one negative value.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 589 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) The XIRR function is generally used in capital budgeting to measure and compare how profitable a potential investment is.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 590 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) The series of values for the XIRR function must contain at least one positive and one negative value.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 592 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) There are two methods for calculating depreciation.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 593 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

70) To calculate a monthly loan payment for a 30-year mortgage loan with a monthly rate of 4%, where A5 = 4%, you would enter ________ for the rate argument.

Answer: A5/12 Diff: 3 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) You would need to enter a value for the fv argument of the PMT function when you have a(n) ________ payment at the end of the loan.

Answer: lump sum Diff: 3 Page Ref: 572 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) The ________ is the unpaid balance amount of the loan.

Answer: principal Diff: 1 Page Ref: 572-573 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) You could use ________ analysis to determine whether or not you could afford the payment for a specific mortgage amount, interest rate, and terms.

Answer: what-if Diff: 2 Page Ref: 573 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) A(n) ________ can be used to assess a company's short-term viability and solvency.

Answer: statement of cash flows Diff: 3 Page Ref: 570 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) Banks measure ________, or potential losses, when assessing a corporate loan.

Answer: economic risk Diff: 3 Page Ref: 570 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) ________ is when you use several different values in one or more formulas to explore all the various results.

Answer: What-if analysis Diff: 3 Page Ref: 573 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

77) You would use the ________ function to determine the amount of interest paid over a specific number of periods Answer: CUMIPMT Diff: 2 Page Ref: 578 Objective: Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) As the total loan balance decreases, a(n) ________ proportion is applied to interest and a greater proportion to principal.

Answer: smaller Diff: 2 Page Ref: 581 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) A loan schedule that calculates the interest and principal payments is known as a(n) ________ table.

Answer: amortization Diff: 2 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) When analyzing a loan a(n) ________ can provide detailed information about payments, interest, and balances.

Answer: amortization schedule Diff: 2 Page Ref: 580 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) ________ are the costs associated with the loan and are never deducted from the beginning balance.

Answer: Interest payments Diff: 3 Page Ref: 582 Objective: Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) A(n) ________ is a legal document that can be bought and sold and holds some financial value.

Answer: security Diff: 3 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

83) Stocks are categorized as ________ securities because the company gives partial ownership of its equity, defined as total assets minus total liabilities, by selling stock in the company.

Answer: equity Diff: 3 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) Bonds are categorized as ________ securities because the company is indebted to the people who loan the company money through the purchase of bonds.

Answer: debt Diff: 3 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) A(n) ________ is the ratio of the amount of money gained or lost from an investment relative to the initial amount invested.

Answer: return on investment Diff: 3 Page Ref: 583 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) The ________ function can be used to determine if it is better to take a lump sum payment or to withdraw smaller payments over a longer period of time.

Answer: PV Diff: 2 Page Ref: 584 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) The FV function requires ________ arguments.

Answer: three Diff: 3 Page Ref: 585 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) The IRR and ________ functions are used for capital budgeting purposes.

Answer: NPV Diff: 2 Page Ref: 587 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) The ________ function figures the return for a series of cash flows that are irregular.

Answer: XIRR Diff: 3 Page Ref: 592 Objective: Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

90) ________ is a reduction in the value of a fixed asset from its original cost.

Answer: Depreciation Diff: 2 Page Ref: 593 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) To report on a company's net book value on the annual tax return, a(n) ________ must be maintained.

Answer: depreciation schedule Diff: 2 Page Ref: 594 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) The ________ is the value of an asset at the end of its useful life.

Answer: salvage value Diff: 2 Page Ref: 594 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 93) The ________ method of depreciation spreads cost of an asset over its life.

Answer: straight-line Diff: 3 Page Ref: 594 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) The ________ argument in the DDB function is the rate at which the balance declines.

Answer: factor Diff: 3 Page Ref: 597 Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) Match the PMT arguments with their descriptions.

I. Fv II. Pv III. Nper IV. Type V. Rate A. Interest rate B. The total number of payments C. Loan amount D. Balance amount after last payment E. This argument is optional Answer: D, C, B, E, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 571 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) Match the functions with their descriptions.

I. PPMT II. IPMT III. PMT IV. RATE V. NPER A. Calculates interest payment B. Calculates principal payment C. Calculates the interest rate D. Calculates total number of payments E. Calculates total loan payment Answer: B, A, E, C, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 571 576 580 581 Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER; Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) Match the functions with their descriptions.

I. FV II. NPV III. PV IV. IRR V. XNPV A. Calculates value of an investment by analyzing an irregular time series of cash flows B. Calculates what an investment will be worth in the future C. Calculates the profitability of a potential investment D. Calculates current value of future payments E. Calculates time value of money Answer: B, E, D, C, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 572 587 589 590 Objective: Analyze Bonds Using PV and FV; Analyze Investments Using NPV, XNPV, IRR, and XIRR Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 98) Match the terms with their descriptions.

I. Depreciation schedule II. Amortization table III. Capital budgeting IV. Cash flow V. Principal A. Evaluates whether long-term investments are worth pursuing B. Shows depreciation of an asset over time C. Calculates interest and principal payments along with the remaining balance of a loan D. The balance on a loan E. Movement of cash in and out of a business Answer: B, C, A, E, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Construct a Loan Analysis with PMT, RATE, and NPER; Calculate Cumulative Interest and Principal Using CUMIPMT and CUMPRINC; Create an Amortization Schedule Using PPMT and IPMT; Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

99) Match the terms with their descriptions.

I. DDB II. DB III. SLN IV. Factor V. Depreciation schedule A. Argument for the rate at which the balance declines B. Calculates the depreciation of an asset; higher accelerated rate with this method C. Table that shows the depreciation of an asset over time D. Calculates the depreciation of an asset; spreads cost evenly over its life E. Calculates the depreciation of an asset; permits twice the straight-line annual percentage rate to be applied Answer: E, B, D, A, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 100) Match the terms with their descriptions.

I. Factor II. Period III. Salvage value IV. Cost V. Life A. Number of periods over which the asset is being depreciated B. Purchase price of an asset C. Rate at which the balance declines D. Time period for the calculation E. Value at the end of an asset's useful life Answer: C, D, E, B, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Calculate the Depreciation of Assets Using the SLN, DB, and DDB Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 6 Workshop 12 Business Statistics and Regression Analysis 1) ________ is the practice of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data.

A) Descriptive statistics B) Probability C) Inferential statistics D) Statistics Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) All of the following statements are TRUE about basic statistical methods to business EXCEPT: A) With so much data so easily available, it is becoming increasingly important that people in business understand how to use that data to make good, strategic decisions.

B) Statistical methods can be used to analyze business data to support good decision making.

C) Statistics can be used to determine effectiveness of advertising campaigns, to understand what factors contribute to the demand for your products, to spot seasonal trends in the sales of certain products, and much more.

D) The more random the sample, the less accurate the statistical analysis will be, in part, because randomness eliminates bias.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) The spa calculates the total revenue that a spa package generates over the course of a year.

This is an example of ________.

A) descriptive statistics B) probability C) inferential statistics D) statistics Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

4) ________ is the likelihood that some event will occur based on what is already known.

A) Descriptive statistics B) Probability C) Inferential statistics D) Statistics Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 5) The spa manager surveys 100 random customers about their opinions on a new service being offered at the spa. Based on the results of that random sample, managers at the spa can make assumptions about whether or not the new spa service would go over well. This is an example of ________.

A) descriptive statistics B) probability C) inferential statistics D) statistics Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) All of the following statements are TRUE about the language of statistics EXCEPT: A) Business professionals rely heavily on inferential distributions.

B) Statistics often refer to populations and samples.

C) Businesses can use various statistical methods in many areas to get a better understanding of the organization.

D) Statistics can be used to determine effectiveness of advertising campaigns, to understand what factors contribute to the demand for your products, to spot seasonal trends in the sales of certain products, and much more.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) A(n) ________ describes all the possible values and likelihoods that a given variable can be within a specific range, and they can be in the form of a graph, table, or formula.

A) continuous variable B) probability distribution C) observational unit D) discrete variable Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

8) The spa manager uses data such as number of soaps in a box and the number of different services the spa offers its customers. These are examples of ________.

A) probability distributions B) discrete variables C) continuous variables D) populations Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 607 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 9) The spa manager uses data such as time between sales transactions, the weight of a package for shipping, and the amount of money a customer spends in any given visit. These are examples of ________.

A) probability distributions B) discrete variables C) continuous variables D) populations Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 607 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) If a product is tested 100 times and the rate at which it fails is recorded on a scale of 1 to 10, then the average of all the product's failure rates on the scale could be useful. This is an example of ________ data.

A) nominal B) ordinal C) interval D) ratio Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) ________ data measures the size of the difference between values.

A) Nominal B) Ordinal C) Interval D) Ratio Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) ________ variables are often used to categorize responses in a survey.

A) Nominal B) Ordinal C) Interval D) Ratio Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 13) If a manager learns that product 1 failed after 15 tests and product 2 failed after only 5, then ________ data could state that product 1 passed three times as many tests as product 2.

A) nominal B) ordinal C) interval D) ratio Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding the RAND function EXCEPT: A) The RAND function in Excel is one method that can help with creating a random sample.

B) The RAND function does not have any arguments.

C) Randomness in selecting a sample from a population is crucial in conducting effective and accurate statistical analyses.

D) The RAND function generates a random letter between A and Z. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) ________ are only useful with discrete data that is sorted in either ascending or descending order.

A) Means B) Medians C) Modes D) Central tendencies Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 610 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

16) To calculate the ________, sum of all values in a data set and divide by the total number of values.

A) mean B) mode C) variance D) median Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 610 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17) Calculating the range, variance, and standard deviation of a data set are all methods used to determine the ________ of a data set.

A) concentration B) dispersion C) standard deviation D) central tendency Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 611 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) ________ is a calculation used in statistics to determine how far the data set varies from the mean.

A) Variance B) Range C) Standard deviation D) Central tendency Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 612 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding variance EXCEPT: A) The higher the variance calculation the more dispersed the data set.

B) Variance is most useful because its value is in the same unit as the median and therefore easier to interpret.

C) Variance provides a more accurate picture of the dispersion of a data set than a range.

D) Due to the way variance is calculated, the value is not in the same units as the mean.

Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 612 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) Finding the central tendency may lead to incorrect assumptions about the data due to possible ________.

A) variance B) central tendency C) standard deviation D) outliers Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 612 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 21) Array functions look different from other functions because ________ are required for the function to calculate correctly.

A) forward slashes \ \ B) pipes | | C) curly brackets { } D) square brackets [ ] Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 613 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) The Turquoise Oasis Spa places orders for cases of bath salts through a nearby wholesaler.

To summarize several orders worth of data, it may prove beneficial to determine how many orders of bath salts were for 1 to 10 cases, between 11 and 20 cases, 21 to 30 cases, 31 to 40 cases, and more than 40 cases. This is an example of ________.

A) grouping the data into bins B) calculating variances C) a probability distributions D) sample populations Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 613 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) Since the FREQUENCY function is an array function, once it is typed into a cell you must press ________ + Enter in order for it to calculate properly.

A) Ctrl + Shift B) Ctrl + Alt C) Ctrl D) Alt + Shift Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 614 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) ________ is the middle value(s) when all the values of the sample are sorted in ascending order.

A) Kurtosis B) Mean C) Standard error D) Median Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 616 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 25) ________ is the average of the variables in the sample.

A) Kurtosis B) Mean C) Standard error D) Median Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 616 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) ________ characterizes the peakedness or flatness of a distribution compared to the normal distribution.

A) Kurtosis B) Skewness C) Standard error D) Sample variance Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 617 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) A ________ graph is a statistical graph that summarizes the distribution of data and how the data fits into defined bins.

A) Histogram B) Kurtosis C) Bin D) Sample variance Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 617 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) A ________ calculates the average of values over time based on specified intervals.

A) standard error B) sample variance C) mean D) moving average Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 618 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 29) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding probability distribution EXCEPT: A) Small businesses tend to experience more volatility than large organizations and can therefore benefit greatly from using probability distributions to estimate future outcomes and events.

B) The normal distribution has wide applications in business.

C) Excel offers many probability distribution functions with wide applications across many different industries of business, science, engineering, and mathematics.

D) A normal distribution is one of the least used distributions in statistics.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 620 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) The ________ distribution is a discrete probability distribution that is used to model the number of successful trials based on the total number of trials and the rate of success.

A) normal B) exponential C) binomial D) Poisson Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 623 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) The ________ distribution is a continuous probability function that models the times between events.

A) normal B) exponential C) binomial D) Poisson Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 625 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

32) The ________ distribution is a discrete probability function that has wide business applications.

A) normal B) exponential C) binomial D) Poisson Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 627 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 33) All of the following statements are TRUE about finding relationships in data EXCEPT: A) The covariance and correlation formulas are used to describe linear relationships between data.

B) Covariance is a formula that can calculate the relationship between two variables, like age and dollars spent as well as the direction of the relationship.

C) The correlation formula produces a value between –.1 and 1 that is called the correlation coefficient.

D) The correlation coefficient is represented by the letter "r" in statistics and is a unitless value that describes the strength and direction of a relationship between two variables.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 631-632 Objective: Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) Managers at the Turquoise Oasis Spa are interested in knowing whether there is a relationship between the age of their clients and the amount of money they spend in the spa.

Upon analyzing the data, they found a correlation coefficient of .672. Thus, the relationship between the two variables is ________.

A) strong B) moderate C) weak D) very weak Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 632 Objective: Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

35) Correlation coefficient values are easy to interpret, but it is often more powerful to create a ________ chart that illustrates that relationship visually.

A) matrix B) quick analysis C) histogram D) scatter Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 632 Objective: Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) Calculating the correlation coefficient using the ________ function is useful to determine the type and strength of a relationship between two variables.

A) CAUSATION B) COVARIANCE.S C) CORREL D) COVARIANCE.P Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 635 Objective: Determine Relationships Between Multiple Variables Using a Correlation Matrix Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) ________ is a method used to predict future values by analyzing the relationships between two or more variables.

A) Standard deviation B) Kurtosis C) Regression analysis D) Intercept coefficient Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 637 Objective: Use Regression Analysis to Predict Future Values Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) The ________ provides a more conservative estimate of the independent variable's ability to predict the value of the dependent variable.

A) R square value B) correlation coefficient C) regression analysis D) intercept coefficient Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 637 Objective: Use Regression Analysis to Predict Future Values Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

39) The ________ is the value at which a regression line will cross the y-axis and is used in the slope intercept formula to predict values.

A) R square value B) correlation coefficient C) regression analysis D) intercept coefficient Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 637 Objective: Use Regression Analysis to Predict Future Values Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) ________ is a method used to predict future values by analyzing the relationships between two or more variables.

A) The R square value B) The correlation coefficient C) The regression analysis D) The intercept coefficient Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 637 Objective: Use Regression Analysis to Predict Future Values Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) Inferential statistics is the process of deriving meaningful information from raw data.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) Descriptive statistics is the process of taking data from a sample of the population and making predictions about the entire population.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) Statistics typically describe what has already happened and probability describes what is likely to happen in the future.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

44) In a data set consisting of gender, salary, and name of employees, the employees are the observational unit and the variables are the gender, salary, and names.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) The more random the sample, the more accurate the statistical analysis will be, in part, because randomness eliminates bias.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) In administering a survey where respondents answer "Yes" or "No" to a specific question, ordinal variables could be used to categorize the responses, such as 1 = Yes and 2 = No. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) Nominal data are useful in situations where it is difficult to obtain accurate measurements.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) Ratio data is similar to ordinal data except that the differences between the data can be quantified and proportions can be specified.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) Interval data measures the size of the difference between values.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Every time any cell is edited or a new formula is created, the value generated by the RAND function will change.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

51) To calculate the mean in Excel, the AVERAGE function is used.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 610 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) Calculating the range, variance, and kurtosis of a data set are all methods used to determine the dispersion of a data set.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 611 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) A range is the simplest method to calculate the dispersion of a data set and can provide a rough idea of how the data set is dispersed.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 611 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) Subtracting the minimum value from the maximum value provides the range in a data set.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 612 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) Outliers are data that are abnormally different from the other values in a random sample.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 612 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) A summary function is a function that can perform multiple calculations on one or more items in an array.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 613 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) When creating a frequency table using the FREQUENCY function, you must select a range of cells that is one more than the cells containing the bin values.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 614 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

58) Array functions are often referred to as "CDE" functions because of the keys pressed to create the function.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 614 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) The Analysis ToolPak allows you to conduct a variety of statistical analyses with ease.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 615 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) If you leave the Bin Range box blank, Excel will generate bin values automatically.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 617 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) A histogram is a statistical graph that summarizes the distribution of data and how the data fits into defined bins.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 617 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) Although Excel can automatically generate evenly distributed bin values based on the minimum and maximum values of the input range, it is often better to define your own bins.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 618 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) Moving averages can be useful in spotting trends over a period of time by smoothing out any fluctuations that may occur during each consecutive interval.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 618 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) A normal distribution is displayed as a bell curve on a chart.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 620 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) Covariance is a formula that can calculate the relationship between two variables, like gender and dollars spent as well as the direction of the relationship.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 620 Objective: Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) The correlation coefficient is represented by the letter "c" in statistics and is a unitless value that describes the strength and direction of a relationship between two variables.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 632 Objective: Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) Regression analysis is a method used to predict future values by analyzing the relationships between two or more variables.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 637 Objective: Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) The R Square value is calculated by squaring the correlation coefficient, labeled as Squared R in the output.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 637 Objective: Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) ________ is the practice of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data.

Answer: Statistics Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) ________ is the process of deriving meaningful information from raw data.

Answer: Descriptive statistics Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) ________ is the process of taking data from a sample of the population and making predictions about the entire population.

Answer: Inferential statistics Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) ________ is the likelihood that some event will occur based on what is already known.

Answer: Probability Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) In a data set consisting of gender, salary, and name of employees, the employees are the ________ and the variables are the gender, salary, and names.

Answer: observational unit Diff: 2 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) The more ________ the sample, the more accurate the statistical analysis will be.

Answer: random Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) ________ typically describe what has already happened and probability describes what is likely to happen in the future.

Answer: Statistics Diff: 1 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) In business, performance classifications of employees, number of soaps in a box, and the number of different services a spa offers its customers are all examples of ________ variables.

Answer: discrete Diff: 2 Page Ref: 607 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) In business, time between sales transactions, the weight of a package for shipping, and the amount of money a customer spends in any given visit are all examples of ________ variables.

Answer: continuous Diff: 2 Page Ref: 607 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) ________ data are useful in situations where it is difficult to obtain accurate measurements.

Answer: Ordinal Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) The ________ function generates a random number between 0 and 1.

Answer: RAND Diff: 1 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) Each of these calculations, mean, median, and mode, attempt to define the ________ of a data set.

Answer: central tendency Diff: 3 Page Ref: 610 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) If there are seven variables, the ________ value is the 4th variable in the list where there are three variables above and three variables below.

Answer: median Diff: 2 Page Ref: 610 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) ________ are only useful with discrete data that is sorted in either ascending or descending order.

Answer: Modes Diff: 2 Page Ref: 610 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) To calculate the mean in Excel, the ________ function is used.

Answer: AVERAGE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 610 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) Calculating the range, variance, and standard deviation of a data set are all methods used to determine the ________ of a data set.

Answer: dispersion Diff: 3 Page Ref: 611 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) Mathematically, the ________ is calculated by taking the square root of the variance.

Answer: standard deviation Diff: 2 Page Ref: 612 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

86) When working with large data sets, it can be useful to group the data into ________.

Answer: bins Diff: 2 Page Ref: 613 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) The FREQUENCY function in Excel is a(n) ________ function that creates a frequency distribution that calculates how often values occur within a bin.

Answer: array Diff: 2 Page Ref: 613 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) Depending on the options that were selected upon the installation of Excel, you may have to manually install the ________ add-in.

Answer: Analysis ToolPak Diff: 2 Page Ref: 615 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) A(n) ________ is a statistical graph that summarizes the distribution of data and how the data fits into defined bins.

Answer: histogram Diff: 2 Page Ref: 617 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) ________ data can be used to create charts that show whether the value is trending upward or downward.

Answer: Moving average Diff: 2 Page Ref: 618 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) ________ distributions are useful in predicting demand for products and services, successful marketing campaigns, effectiveness of advertising, and much more.

Answer: Probability Diff: 2 Page Ref: 620 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) A(n) ________ distribution takes on the shape of a bell and is often referred to as the "bellshaped curve."

Answer: Probability Diff: 2 Page Ref: 620 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) If the cumulative argument of the NORM.DIST function is set to TRUE, the result will be the probability of a value being less than or equal to the value of the x argument, known as the ________ distribution function.

Answer: cumulative Diff: 1 Page Ref: 621 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) If the cumulative argument of the NORM.DIST function is set to FALSE, the result will be the probability of a value being equal to the value of the x argument, known as the ________ distribution function.

Answer: probability Diff: 1 Page Ref: 621 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 95) The ________ distribution is a discrete probability distribution that is used to model the number of successful trials based on the total number of trials and the rate of success.

Answer: binomial Diff: 3 Page Ref: 623 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) The ________ distribution is used most often to predict demand for a product or service.

Answer: Poisson Diff: 3 Page Ref: 627 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 97) The ________ distribution is a discrete population distribution that calculates the probability of drawing a specific number of target items from a collection without replacement.

Answer: hypergeometric Diff: 3 Page Ref: 629 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

98) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Data II. Data set III. Observational unit IV. Sample population V. Probability distribution A. Collection of related data B. Person, object, or event about which data is collected C. Values that describe an attribute of an object or an event D. Can be in the form of a graph, table, or formula E. A subset Answer: C, A, B, E, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 606 Objective: Understand the Language of Statistics Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 99) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Nominal data II. Data set III. Ordinal data IV. Interval data V. Ratio Data A. Differences between the data can be quantified and proportions can be specified B. Often used to categorize responses in a survey C. Measures the size of the difference between values D. Rank data as first, second, third, and so on E. Collection of related data Answer: B, E, D, C, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 608 Objective: Understand the Basic Types of Data Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

100) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Mean II. Median III. Mode IV. Central tendency V. Variance A. Average of all the variables in a sample B. Determines how far the data set varies from the mean C. The way data is likely to cluster around a value D. The value that appears most often in a sample E. Describes which value falls in the middle when all the values of the sample are sorted in ascending order Answer: A, E, D, C, B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 610, 612 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 101) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Range II. Bins III. Maximum IV. Standard deviation V. Outlier A. The intervals you want to group your data into B. Used to help calculate the range C. The square root of the variance D. Simplest method to calculate the dispersion of a data set E. Abnormally different Answer: D, A, B, C, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 611-613 Objective: Conduct Basic Statistical Analyses in Excel Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

102) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Standard error II. Standard deviation III. Sample variance IV. Kurtosis V. Skewness A. The most commonly used method for determining the average spread of a data set from the mean B. Characterizes the peakedness or flatness of a distribution compared to the normal distribution C. Used to determine how accurate the sample mean predicts the population mean D. Simplest method to calculate the dispersion of a data set E. A measure of how far the data in the sample are spread from the mean Answer: C, A, E, B, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 616-617 Objective: Generate Descriptive Statistics and Other Analyses Using the Analysis ToolPak Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 103) Match the following terms with their description.

I. R Square II. Intercept coefficient III. Hypergeometric distribution IV. Poisson distribution V. Exponential distribution A. Provides a more conservative estimate of the independent variable's ability to predict the value of the dependent variable B. A discrete population distribution that calculates the probability of drawing a specific number of target items from a collection without replacement C. Continuous probability function that models the times between events D. Calculates the probability that a specified number of events will occur based on the mean of the data set E. Value at which a regression line will cross the y-axis and is used in the slope intercept formula to predict values Answer: A, E, B, D, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 625 627 629 637 Objective: Predict Business Outcomes Using Probability Distribution Functions; Find Relationships in Data Using COVARIANCE.S and CORREL; Determine Relationships Between Multiple Variables Using a Correlation Matrix; Use Regression Analysis to Predict Future Values Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

22 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 7 Workshop 13 Data Model, PowerPivot, and Power View 1) All of the following statements are TRUE about business intelligence EXCEPT: A) Business intelligence is a variety of software applications that are used to analyze an organization's data.

B) The role of BI has increased over the last decade because the amount of data being collected by businesses continues to grow at a rapid rate.

C) The most recent trend, which appears that it will be short-lived, is the desire for digital dashboards.

D) Dashboards provide management with a "big picture" view of the business, usually from multiple perspectives using various charts and other graphical representations.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) All of the following statements are TRUE about the current business drivers for dashboard initiatives EXCEPT ________.

A) the need to recruit the best employees B) the need to gain visibility into key business processes C) the need for one view of the business date D) improved timeliness and accuracy of business decisions Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) All of the following statements are TRUE about the basics of dashboard design EXCEPT: A) Dashboard components typically consist of tables, PivotTables, PivotCharts, conditional formatting, and other features available in Excel.

B) How a dashboard is designed has just as much of an impact on its effectiveness as the data displayed.

C) Dashboards that do not include multi-screen, visually oriented user interfaces are poorly designed.

D) Typically, dashboards are also oriented around specific business activities, such as sales analysis, cash flow, employee productivity, and customer service.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

4) One of the primary goals of a dashboard is to help the user navigate and interpret a large quantity of data at a glance. This is an example of the ________ design concept.

A) Making Sure It Is Well Defined B) Keeping It Simple C) Knowing Your Users D) Designing with White Space Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 5) One of the primary goals of a dashboard is to stay focused on a specific business problem.

This is an example of the ________ design concept.

A) Making Sure It Is Well Defined B) Keeping It Simple C) Knowing Your Users D) Defining Crucial KPIs Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) You can increase the success of your dashboard by taking personal preferences into account whenever possible. This is an example of the ________ design concept.

A) Making Sure It Is Well Defined B) Designing with White Space C) Knowing Your Users D) Defining Crucial KPIs Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) One of the primary goals of a dashboard is to ensure that managers have ways to quantifiably measure the progress toward short-term and long-term goals. This is an example of the ________ design concept.

A) Making Sure It Is Well Defined B) Keeping It Simple C) Knowing Your Users D) Defining Crucial KPIs Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

8) All of the following statements are TRUE about the benefits to using Microsoft Excel to create digital dashboards EXCEPT: A) Because companies can get free copies of the full version of Excel for all of their employees, leveraging the capabilities of Microsoft Excel is a very cost-effective solution.

B) People will spend less time learning how to use the dashboard and more time getting value from what is displayed.

C) With the appropriate know-how, Excel can be much more flexible in the variety of analytics it can provide in a dashboard than many off-the-shelf solutions.

D) Having the capability of creating your own reporting mechanisms in Excel can reduce your reliance on the IT department's resources.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 658 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 9) Following the ________ model can provide the necessary guidance to creating an effective dashboard.

A) KPI B) SDLC C) BI D) white space Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 658 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) All of the following statements are TRUE about the new data model EXCEPT: A) Data can be added to the data model from a variety of sources.

B) Many organizations store data inside a relational database such as MySQL, Oracle, or a DBMS like Microsoft Access.

C) Most organizations store their data in a relational database in order to ensure their data are secure, accurate, and consistent.

D) Prior to Excel 2010, it would be very complicated and time consuming to integrate relational data into an analysis.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 658-659 Objective: Explore the New Data Model Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

11) Excel 2013 not only gives you the ability to conduct analyses on data from multiple sources, but you can also do more advanced data modeling ________.

A) with slicers B) with sparklines C) in PowerPivot D) in Silverlight Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 663 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) The Microsoft ________ is a cloud computing platform offering a variety of features and services to individuals and businesses.

A) Silverlight B) Azure Marketplace C) SkyDrive D) Outlook Live Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 664 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 13) All of the following statements are TRUE about the Microsoft Azure Marketplace EXCEPT: A) There are a variety of categories based on development date and price.

B) One of the many services the Microsoft Azure Marketplace provides is access to very large data sets for use in analysis.

C) There are several data sets available for free, and they can be accessed in the PowerPivot window.

D) Having access to large data sets allows you to explore all the analysis tools available in Excel 2013.

Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 664 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) Which of the following is not a category of DAX functions?

A) Date and Time B) Information C) Parent/Child D) Mathematical and Geometric Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 669 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

15) A(n) ________ field is a field where a calculation takes place, but a new calculated field is not being created.

A) bidirectional B) explicit calculated C) implicit calculated D) vertical multiple Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) A(n) ________ field is created when a formula is typed in the Calculation Area of the PowerPivot window.

A) bidirectional B) explicit calculated C) implicit calculated D) vertical multiple Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17) A ________ is a calculated field that resolves to a value.

A) target value B) status threshold C) vertical multiple D) base value Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) A ________ can be the aggregate of 2013 Profit or a monthly sales goal that every employee should meet.

A) target value B) status threshold C) KPI D) base value Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

19) In Excel, the ________ is displayed with a graphic providing a visual indicator of the status of the base value compared to the target value.

A) target value B) status threshold C) KPI D) base value Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) Calculated fields can be extended to become ________.

A) target values B) status thresholds C) KPIs D) base values Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 21) A company's profit is an example of a ________.

A) positive KPI B) negative KPI C) KPI D) bidirectional KPI Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) The number of sick days in a specific time period is an example of a ________.

A) positive KPI B) negative KPI C) KPI D) bidirectional KPI Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

23) The temperature for storing a particular product where damage could occur if the temperature gets too cold or too hot is an example of a ________.

A) positive KPI B) negative KPI C) KPI D) bidirectional KPI Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) If a company is using a previous version of Excel without PowerPivot, they can use Conditional Formatting ________ instead to indicate proximity to various KPI goals.

A) Highlight Cells Rules B) Data Bars C) Color Scales D) Icon Sets Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 25) All of the following statements are TRUE about creating PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot EXCEPT: A) PowerPivot gives you the same options as a Pivot Table except you can use relational data to build it.

B) PivotTables and PivotCharts are a major component in any dashboard.

C) PivotTables and PivotCharts can be created with data from multiple sources without any additional software or add-ins as long as it is relational data.

D) Not only can you create a single PivotTable or PivotChart on a worksheet with PowerPivot, but you can also create a PivotTable and PivotChart on the same worksheet as well as two PivotCharts arranged vertically or horizontally, or four PivotCharts on the same worksheet.

Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 676 Objective: Create PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) The ________ window has options to create multiple PivotCharts on the same worksheet using data from all connected data sources.

A) PivotTable B) Power View C) PowerPivot D) PivotChart Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 676 Objective: Create PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

27) ________, or miniature charts, provide a way to graphically summarize a row or column of data in a single cell.

A) PivotChart B) Sparklines C) PowerPivot D) Silverlight Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 689 Objective: Create PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) All of the following statements are TRUE about using apps for Office for data visualizations EXCEPT: A) The apps for Office platform allows app developers to create new and engaging consumer and enterprise experiences within the Office applications.

B) Other apps for Word provide advanced analytic capabilities or data visualizations.

C) An app for Office is essentially a web page that is hosted inside an Office application.

D) An app for Office can be used to extend the functionality of the application.

Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 690 Objective: Use Apps for Office for Data Visualizations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 29) All of the following statements are TRUE about preparing a dashboard for production EXCEPT: A) Once a dashboard has been designed to meet the business requirements, it is ready for use.

B) Because dashboards are designed for the specific needs of an end user, it is important to ensure once the dashboard contains all the required data that certain protections are in place to avoid accidental deletion of various objects or incorrect modifications.

C) To be able to manipulate Slicers, you must allow users to Edit Objects, which does allow changes to the PivotCharts.

D) It is preferable to hide any unnecessary objects that may distract the user from the dashboard's content.

Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 693-694 Objective: Prepare a Dashboard for Production Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) All of the following statements are TRUE about Power View EXCEPT: A) Power View reports are created from data that have been added to the data model.

B) Power View uses metadata in the data model to understand the relationships between the different tables and fields used in the report.

C) Power View also allows for easy sorting of data and switching to full-screen mode for some visualizations.

D) Sparklines allow you to easily filter the data in multiple visualizations.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) ________ is an interactive data visualization, exploration, and presentation experience that encourages the creation of ad-hoc reports.

A) PivotTable B) Power View C) PowerPivot D) PivotChart Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) ________ is a powerful tool that creates engaging, interactive user experiences.

A) Sparklines B) Power View C) Slicers D) Silverlight Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 33) Which of the following is NOT a pane that is visible when you first insert a Power View report sheet?

A) Silverlight pane B) Design pane C) Power View pane D) Filters pane Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

34) ________ are a series of identical charts with the same x- and y-axes but that contain different values.

A) Multiples B) Vertical multiples C) Horizontal multiples D) Bidirectional multiples Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 698 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) ________ expand across the available space in the container, and if additional space is needed a horizontal scroll bar is added.

A) Multiples B) Vertical multiples C) Horizontal multiples D) Bidirectional multiples Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 698 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) ________ will expand across the width of the container and wrap down the container in the available space and a vertical scroll bar may also be added.

A) Multiples B) Vertical multiples C) Horizontal multiples D) Bidirectional multiples Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 698 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) The role of BI has increased over the last decade because the amount of data being collected by businesses continues to grow at a rapid rate.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) According to Aberdeen Group, Inc., the top factor driving dashboard initiatives is the need for one view of the business date at 37%.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

39) Digital dashboards are mechanisms that deliver business intelligence in tabular form.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) A typical manager engages in over 300 different tasks and decisions each day.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) If users cannot easily interpret your dashboard, then you may have made it too complicated.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) As a general rule, the less defined you can make your dashboard theme, the more useful your users will find it.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) You can increase the success of your dashboard by taking personal preferences into account whenever possible.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) A KPI is a quantifiable measure that helps managers define progress toward both short-term and long-term goals.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) Successful dashboards should help summarize complex data so users can interpret the information at a glance.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 656 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

46) White space is white and void of content.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 657 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) The systems development life cycle (SDLC) provides a structure for managing complex IT projects.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 658 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) A data model is a collection of tables and their relationships reflecting the real-world relationships between business functions and processes.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 658 Objective: Explore the New Data Model Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) PowerPivot allows you to create calculated columns, calculated fields, and establish KPIs all outside of Excel.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 663 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) The Microsoft Azure Marketplace is a cloud computing platform offering a variety of features and services to individuals and businesses.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 664 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) Calculated Fields can be created in any of the cells in the Calculation Area of the PowerPivot window.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) An explicit calculated field is created when you drag a field like Sales or Quantity Sold into the Values area of a PivotTable.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

53) An implicit calculated field is created when a formula is typed in the Calculation Area of the PowerPivot window.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) When naming cells, avoid names that have already been given to calculated columns within the same workbook.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) A target value is a calculated field that resolves to a value.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) A base value can either be another calculated field that resolves to a value or an absolute value.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) A status threshold is defined by the range between a high and low value.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) A bidirectional KPI is when the greater the value the better the KPI, such as a company's profit.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) A positive KPI is when the value becomes worse as it deviates too far from the target value in either direction.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

60) A negative KPI is when the greater the value the worse the KPI, such as the number of sick days in a specific time period.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) Sparklines provide a way to graphically summarize a row or column of data in a single cell.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 689 Objective: Create PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) There are three different types of sparklines: line, pie, and win/loss.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 690 Objective: Create PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) An app for Office is essentially a web page that is hosted inside an Office application.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 689 Objective: Use Apps for Office for Data Visualizations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) The Bing Maps app is more accurate if the state abbreviation is used as opposed to the full name of the state.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 692 Objective: Use Apps for Office for Data Visualizations Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) Once a dashboard has been designed to meet the business requirements, there are several steps you need to take to get it ready for use.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 693 Objective: Prepare a Dashboard for Production Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) Because dashboards are designed for the specific needs of an end user, it is important to ensure once the dashboard contains all the required data that certain protections are in place to avoid accidental deletion of various objects or incorrect modifications.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 693 Objective: Prepare a Dashboard for Production Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

67) To be able to manipulate Slicers, you must allow users to Edit Objects, which does allow changes to the PivotCharts.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 693 Objective: Prepare a Dashboard for Production Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) You can expand and collapse the ribbon by pressing Alt+F1.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 694 Objective: Prepare a Dashboard for Production Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) Power View is an interactive data visualization, exploration, and presentation experience that encourages the creation of ad-hoc reports.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Prepare a Dashboard for Production Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) Tiles provide a dynamic navigation strip allowing you to navigate through a series of charts based on a particular value Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 699 Objective: Prepare a Dashboard for Production Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) The role of ________ has increased over the last decade because the amount of data being collected by businesses continues to grow at a rapid rate.

Answer: business intelligence Diff: 1 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) A typical manager engages in over ________ different tasks and decisions each day.

Answer: 300, three hundred Diff: 2 Page Ref: 654 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) A(n) ________ is a quantifiable measure that helps managers define progress toward both short-term and long-term goals.

Answer: key performance indicator Diff: 2 Page Ref: 655 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) Successful ________ should help summarize complex data so users can interpret the information at a glance.

Answer: dashboards Diff: 2 Page Ref: 656 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) The ________ provides a structure for managing complex IT projects.

Answer: systems development life cycle Diff: 2 Page Ref: 658 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) A(n) ________ is a collection of tables and their relationships reflecting the real-world relationships between business functions and processes.

Answer: data model Diff: 2 Page Ref: 658 Objective: Explore the New Data Model Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) The Microsoft Azure ________ is a cloud computing platform offering a variety of features and services to individuals and businesses.

Answer: Marketplace Diff: 2 Page Ref: 664 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) A(n) ________ calculated field is created when you drag a field like Sales or Quantity Sold into the Values area of a PivotTable.

Answer: implicit Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) A(n) ________ calculated field is created when a formula is typed in the Calculation Area of the PowerPivot window.

Answer: explicit Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) A(n) ________ value is a calculated field that resolves to a value.

Answer: base Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

81) A(n) ________ value can either be another calculated field that resolves to a value or an absolute value.

Answer: target Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) A(n) ________ is defined by the range between a high and low value.

Answer: status threshold Diff: 2 Page Ref: 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) A(n) ________ is when the greater the value the worse the KPI, such as the number of sick days in a specific time period.

Answer: negative KPI Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) ________ provide a way to graphically summarize a row or column of data in a single cell.

Answer: Sparklines Diff: 2 Page Ref: 689 Objective: Create PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) ________ is an interactive data visualization, exploration, and presentation experience that encourages the creation of ad-hoc reports.

Answer: Power View Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) ________ is a powerful tool that creates engaging, interactive user experiences.

Answer: Silverlight Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 87) When you first insert a Power View report sheet, three panes are visible: the Design pane, Filters pane, and the ________ pane.

Answer: Power View Fields Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

88) ________ are a series of identical charts with the same x- and y-axes but that contain different values.

Answer: Multiples Diff: 2 Page Ref: 698 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) ________ multiples will expand across the width of the container and wrap down the container in the available space.

Answer: Vertical Diff: 2 Page Ref: 698 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) ________ multiples expand across the available space in the container.

Answer: Horizontal Diff: 2 Page Ref: 698 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) ________ provide a dynamic navigation strip allowing you to navigate through a series of charts based on a particular value.

Answer: Tiles Diff: 2 Page Ref: 699 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) Excel's Power View report includes a map ________ that can be used with filters or slicers, or even used to filter other charts in the report.

Answer: visualization Diff: 2 Page Ref: 700 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) Match the following terms with their description.

I. BI II. Digital dashboard III. KPI IV. Data model V. Relational data A. "Big picture" view of the business B. Used to analyze an organization's data C. Collection of tables D. Quantifiable measure E. Examples include a person, place, or event Answer: B, A, D, C, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 654-658 Objective: Understand the Basics of Dashboard Design; Explore the New Data Model Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Explicit calculated field II. Implicit calculated field III. Base value IV. Status threshold V. Target value A. Uses a wide variety of functions beyond general aggregation B. The range between a high and low value C. Can only use standard aggregation functions D. Can either be another calculated field that resolves to a value or an absolute value E. A calculated field that resolves to a value Answer: A, C, E, B, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 670, 673 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Bidirectional KPI II. Negative KPI III. Positive KPI IV. Slicer V. Sparkline A. Number of sick days in a specific time period B. A company's profit C. Value becomes worse as it deviates too far from the target value in either direction D. Filtering tool E. Minichart Answer: C, A, B, D, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 674, 676, 689 Objective: Create Advanced Data Models Using PowerPivot; Create PivotTables and PivotCharts with PowerPivot Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Power View II. Silverlight III. Horizontal multiples IV. Multiples V. Vertical multiples A. Creates engaging, interactive user experiences B. Expand across the available space C. Expands across the width and wraps down D. Encourages the creation of ad-hoc reports.

E. Series of identical charts with the same x- and y-axes but that contain different values.

Answer: D, A, B, E, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 696, 698 Objective: Generate Visual Reports with Power View Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Module 7 Workshop 14 Visual Basic for Applications 1) All of the following statements are TRUE about business intelligence EXCEPT: A) Business intelligence is a variety of software applications that are used to analyze an organization's data.

B) The role of BI has increased over the last decade because the amount of data being collected by businesses continues to grow at a rapid rate.

C) The most recent trend, which appears that it will be short-lived, is the desire for digital dashboards.

D) Dashboards provide management with a "big picture" view of the business, usually from multiple perspectives using various charts and other graphical representations.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) ________ are visual controls that allow you to quickly and easily filter your data in an interactive way.

A) Events B) Form controls C) Objects D) Slicers Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) ________ are objects that can be placed into an Excel worksheet, providing the functionality to interact with your models.

A) Form controls B) Events C) Loops D) Objects Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

4) A ________ is a form control that is linked to a specific cell.

A) scroll bar B) radio button C) menu D) list Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 713 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 5) Creating a lookup table and using the ________ function is a common approach to linking values to various form controls.

A) IF B) SUBTOTAL C) VLOOKUP D) HLOOKUP Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 714 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) A ________ has a very similar function as the spin button, however, the value of the linked cell is increased or decreased by sliding it to the left or right.

A) scroll bar B) spin button C) menu D) labels Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 716 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) Dynamic ________ offer additional clarity in PivotCharts by displaying the year and/or month that is being displayed when filtered.

A) scroll bars B) spin buttons C) menus D) labels Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 717 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

8) Which type of model below BEST describes a hierarchical collection of items that can be manipulated when using Visual Basic?

A) Organizational B) Subject C) Object D) Program Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 718-719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 9) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding Visual Basic for Applications EXCEPT: A) VBA allows a user to implement a wide variety of enhancements to many Microsoft Office applications.

B) VBA is considered a very basic form of C++ programming.

C) VBA provides additional tools that can enhance functionality and usability of an Excel application.

D) VBA manipulates objects by using the methods and properties associated with them.

Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 718 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) Objects grouped together are called object ________, which can also be referred to as objects.

A) collections B) methods C) parameters D) sources Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) A(n) ________ consists of a hierarchical collection of objects, consisting of properties, methods, and events that can be manipulated using VBA. A) method B) collection C) source D) object model Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) When writing code, and several objects are being referenced at one time, it is necessary to put periods in between each object, called ________.

A) parameters B) separators C) indicators D) regulators Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 720 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 13) To refer to a particular object using VBA, the objects need to be referred to in their hierarchical structure. For example, to refer to cell A1 in a specific worksheet, the code would be ________.

A) Application.Workbook (workbookname.xlsx).Sheets("Sheet1").Range("A1") B) Application.Workbook (workbookname.xlsx).Worksheet("Sheet1").Range("A1") C) Application.Worksheet("Sheet1").Range("A1") D) Application.Workbook (workbookname.xlsx).Worksheet(Range("A1")) Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 720 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) ________ are defined as attributes of an object that can be manipulated using Visual Basic.

A) Indicators B) Properties C) Modules D) Collections Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 720 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) Microsoft Excel objects have ________, which are actions performed within Excel.

A) monitors B) options C) methods D) references Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 721 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

16) Within the Visual Basic Editor, the Project ________ window houses a hierarchical listing of all object in a workbook, which includes macros and other modules.

A) Properties B) Explorer C) Code D) Information Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 17) A type of variable that refers to one of the pieces of data provided in a method is called a(n) ________.

A) parameter B) module C) object D) method Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) Within the Visual Basic Editor, the ________ window reveals a list of all the properties of a selected object, like size and color.

A) Information B) Explorer C) Code D) Properties Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) Microsoft Office has a tool built into it that is used to create and edit within Visual Basic.

Which selection below is that tool?

A) Visual Basic Conveyor B) Visual Basic Illustrator C) Visual Basic Editor D) Visual Basic Player Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) In Visual Basic Editor, the ________ window is where all the Visual Basic language is typed, and where macro data can be viewed.

A) Code B) Properties C) Macro D) Graphic Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 21) There are two primary types of procedures which are supported by Visual Basic: a Sub procedure and a ________ procedure.

A) Virtual B) Prime C) Function D) Base Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) A container for code is called a ________.

A) Sub procedure B) module C) function procedure D) Properties window Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) All of the following statements are TRUE about VBA procedures EXCEPT: A) Function procedures are often used to create custom functions that can be entered in worksheet cells.

B) You can have zero or hundreds of Sub procedures and functions written within a single module.

C) If a Sub procedure is to run when a workbook opens or a worksheet becomes active, then it is typically stored in the workbook or worksheet object to take advantage of the Procedure menu at the top of the Code window.

D) Three primary types of procedures are supported by VBA. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) A ________ performs an action on your project or workbook, such as renaming a worksheet or clearing filtered values from PivotTables.

A) Sub procedure B) module C) function procedure D) Properties window Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 25) All of the following are ways to make VBA code easy to read EXCEPT ________.

A) Comments B) Line breaks C) Paragraphs D) Indentations Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 726 Objective: Improve Readability of VBA with Formatting and Structure Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) All of the following statements are TRUE about improving the readability of VBA EXCEPT: A) An important aspect of writing VBA is making sure the code is easy to read so that you and others can interpret what is happening.

B) You need to take extra steps to keep the code legible and to document what steps you are taking and why.

C) Commenting code in VBA is an excellent way of explaining the purpose and the intention of a procedure.

D) Lengthy statements become difficult to read, because without pressing Tab, the lines of code will extend continuously to the left.

Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 726 Objective: Improve Readability of VBA with Formatting and Structure Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) A ________ error occurs when the code is executed, displaying a description of the error.

A) data port B) debugging C) run-time D) hard drive Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 729 Objective: Troubleshoot VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) The ________ allows you to check and fix VBA code errors.

A) parameter B) debugger C) message box D) properties box Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 729 Objective: Troubleshoot VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 29) ________ are used to execute a series of statements multiple times.

A) Data ports B) Variables C) Elements D) Loops Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 730 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) All of the following statements are TRUE regarding loops in VBA EXCEPT: A) Loops are used to execute a series of statements multiple times.

B) In the syntax of the Do loop, the data type of the element and group must be the same.

C) The number of times the code is executed can be determined by a specified number, until a condition is true or false, or the code can continue to execute however many objects there are in a collection.

D) There are essentially two categories of loops: Do loops and For...Next loops.

Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 730 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) The ________ loops through an object collection or an array.

A) Do…While loop B) Do…Until loop C) For loop D) For…Each loop Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 730 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

32) The ________ loops until a specified number of loops have been completed.

A) Do…While loop B) Do…Until loop C) For loop D) For…Each loop Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 730 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 33) Visual Basic can store values in a ________, which is the space in a computer's memory that is given a name and is used to store values.

A) warehouse B) variable C) data port D) hard drive Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 731 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) A(n) ________ at the workbook level would be when a user opens or closes a workbook.

A) procedure B) variable C) event D) object Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 734 Objective: Assign VBA Procedures to Events Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) With the VBA ________ control structure there is virtually no limit to the commands and logic that can be applied.

A) If-Then B) If-Then-Else C) If-Then-Again D) If-Then-End Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 735 Objective: Assign VBA Procedures to Events Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

36) ________ is an interactive data visualization, exploration, and presentation experience that encourages the creation of beautiful ad-hoc reports.

A) PivotTable B) PowerPivot C) Power View D) PivotChart Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 739 Objective: Assign VBA Procedures to Events Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 37) A(n) ________ is an effective way of using VBA code to increase the interactivity of a dashboard by prompting the user for information and storing that information in a variable to be used later.

A) input box B) spinner C) list D) scroll bar Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 741 Objective: Protect and Secure a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) All of the following statements are TRUE about protecting VBA code EXCEPT: A) It is considered best practice to export any VBA modules as text files before protecting them with a password.

B) Before a worksheet is protected, ensure that cells that need to be allowed to be changed to use the dashboard are not locked.

C) Some managers may need to access the raw data in a workbook and should know VBA to be able to unhide those worksheets.

D) Protecting worksheets from intentional or unintentional modification can be done by hiding the worksheets in the Excel workbook.

Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 740-744 Objective: Protect and Secure a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) Protecting the VBA code with ________ ensures that no unauthorized person will access the code.

A) a password B) encryption C) form control D) method Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 744 Objective: Protect and Secure a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

40) Power Views are mechanisms that deliver business intelligence in graphical form.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) Dashboards provide management with a "Big picture" view of the business, usually from multiple perspectives using various charts and other graphical representations.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) Slicers are visual controls that allow you to quickly and easily filter your data in an interactive way.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) Dashboards are objects that can be placed into an Excel worksheet, providing the functionality to interact with your models.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) A message box is a form control that is linked to a specific cell.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 713 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) Creating a lookup table and using the HLOOKUP function is a common approach to linking values to various form controls.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 714 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) With a scroll bar, the value of the linked cell is increased or decreased by sliding the scroll bar to the left or right.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 716 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

47) Labels are critical to dashboard design and can add clarity to the graphics being displayed.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 717 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) Visual Basic for Applications is a powerful programming language that is part of all Microsoft Office applications.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 718 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) Object-oriented programming uses a hierarchy of objects, also called classes, as the focus of the programming.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 718-719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) An object model consists of a hierarchical collection of objects, consisting of properties, methods, and events that can be manipulated using VBA. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) A particular object can be referenced inside a collection by referring to the object collection and then the name or number that represents that specific member of that collection.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) Methods are attributes of an object that can be referred to or manipulated using VBA. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 720 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) A parameter is a special kind of variable used to refer to one of the pieces of data provided in a method.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

54) The Code window contains a hierarchical list of all the objects in open workbooks, including macros, modules, and worksheets.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) The Project Explorer window is where all the VBA code is typed and also where VBA generated by a recorded macro can be viewed and edited.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) The Properties window contains a list of all the properties of a selected object such as name, size, and color.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) The two primary types of procedures that are supported by VBA are Sub procedures and module procedures.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) A Sub procedure performs an action on your project or workbook, such as renaming a worksheet or clearing filtered values from PivotTables.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) A function procedure is a group of VBA statements that perform a calculation and return a single value.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

60) It is best to group your Sub procedures together by what they do into separate modules, renaming the module appropriately to describe the kind of procedures it contains.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) To create a function procedure you must first declare it is a function, and then provide the function with a name and an opening parenthesis.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Create Custom Functions with VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) You need to take extra steps to keep the code legible and to document what steps you are taking and why.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 726 Objective: Improve Readability of VBA with Formatting and Structure Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) An easy way to gain a better understanding of how VBA works is to use the VBA Recorder to generate VBA code for actions you want to complete.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 727 Objective: Improve Readability of VBA with Formatting and Structure Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) Names for Sub procedures must begin with a letter and cannot contain any spaces.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 727 Objective: Improve Readability of VBA with Formatting and Structure Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) Press F3 in the VBE to display the Object Browser, which shows properties, methods, and events for an object.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 727 Objective: Improve Readability of VBA with Formatting and Structure Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) A run-time error occurs when the code is executed, displaying a description of the error.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 729 Objective: Troubleshoot VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

67) When using the debugger, the code is executed one line at a time to make it easier to identify the exact point that the run-time error occurs.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 729 Objective: Troubleshoot VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) ________ provide management with a "Big picture" view of the business, usually from multiple perspectives using various charts and other graphical representations.

Answer: Dashboards Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) ________ are visual controls that allow you to quickly and easily filter your data in an interactive way.

Answer: Slicers Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) A(n) ________ is a form control that is linked to a specific cell.

Answer: spin button Diff: 2 Page Ref: 713 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) Creating a lookup table and using the ________ function is a common approach to linking values to various form controls.

Answer: VLOOKUP Diff: 2 Page Ref: 714 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 72) ________ is a powerful programming language that is part of most Microsoft Office applications.

Answer: Visual Basic for Applications Diff: 1 Page Ref: 718 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) ________ programming uses a hierarchy of objects, also called classes, as the focus of the programming.

Answer: Object-oriented Diff: 1 Page Ref: 718-719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

74) An object model consists of a(n) ________ collection of objects, consisting of properties, methods, and events that can be manipulated using VBA. Answer: hierarchical Diff: 2 Page Ref: 719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) A particular object can be referenced inside a collection by referring to the ________ collection and then the name or number that represents that specific member of that collection.

Answer: object Diff: 3 Page Ref: 719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) A(n) ________ is a special kind of variable used to refer to one of the pieces of data provided in a method.

Answer: parameter Diff: 2 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 77) The ________ window contains a list of all the properties of a selected object such as name, size, and color.

Answer: Properties Diff: 1 Page Ref: 722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) The two primary types of procedures that are supported by VBA are Sub procedures and ________ procedures.

Answer: Function Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 79) A(n) ________ performs an action on your project or workbook, such as renaming a worksheet or clearing filtered values from PivotTables.

Answer: Sub procedure Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

80) A(n) ________ is a group of VBA statements that perform a calculation and return a single value.

Answer: function procedure Diff: 2 Page Ref: 723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 81) Names for Sub procedures must begin with a(n) ________ and cannot contain any spaces.

Answer: letter Diff: 2 Page Ref: 727 Objective: Improve Readability of VBA with Formatting and Structure Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 82) A(n) ________ occurs when the code is executed, displaying a description of the error.

Answer: run-time error Diff: 2 Page Ref: 729 Objective: Troubleshoot VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 83) When using the ________, the code is executed one line at a time to make it easier to identify the exact point that the run-time error occurs.

Answer: debugger Diff: 2 Page Ref: 729 Objective: Troubleshoot VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 84) ________ are used to execute a series of statements multiple times.

Answer: Loops Diff: 1 Page Ref: 730 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 85) A(n) ________ is space in a computer's memory that is given a name and is used to store a value of a specified data type.

Answer: variable Diff: 2 Page Ref: 731 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 86) A(n) ________ is an action initiated either by a user or by VBA code.

Answer: event Diff: 2 Page Ref: 734 Objective: Assign VBA Procedures to Events Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

87) With the VBA ________ control structure there is virtually no limit to the commands and logic that can be applied.

Answer: If-Then-Else Diff: 3 Page Ref: 735 Objective: Assign VBA Procedures to Events Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 88) A(n) ________ is a dialog box object that is created using the MsgBox command.

Answer: message box Diff: 1 Page Ref: 736 Objective: Assign VBA Procedures to Events Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 89) ________ is an interactive data visualization, exploration, and presentation experience that encourages the creation of beautiful ad-hoc reports.

Answer: Power View Diff: 2 Page Ref: 739 Objective: Assign VBA Procedures to Events Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 90) ________ worksheets from intentional or unintentional modification can be done by simply hiding the worksheets in the Excel workbook.

Answer: Protecting Diff: 1 Page Ref: 740 Objective: Protect and Secure a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 91) A(n) ________ is an effective way of using VBA code to increase the interactivity of a dashboard by prompting the user for information and storing that information in a variable to be used later.

Answer: input box Diff: 1 Page Ref: 741 Objective: Protect and Secure a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 92) Protecting the VBA code with a(n) ________ ensures that no unauthorized person will access the code.

Answer: password Diff: 1 Page Ref: 744 Objective: Protect and Secure a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

93) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Digital dashboard II. Form control III. Slicer IV. Spin button V. Scroll bar A. Refers to a worksheet B. Refers to an open window in an Excel workbook C. Refers to an embedded chart in a worksheet D. Refers to a chart in a workbook E. Refers to a workbook Answer: E, B, D, C, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 712-716 Objective: Enhance Spreadsheets with Form Controls Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 94) Match the following terms with their description.

I. OOP II. VBA III. Object collection IV. Object model V. Object A. Powerful programming language B. The active chart or chart contained in a ChartObject C. Can also serve as containers for other objects D. Uses a hierarchy of classes E. Consists of a hierarchical collection of objects Answer: D, A, B, E, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 718-719 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

19 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

95) Match the following terms with their description.

I. ActiveCell II. ActiveWindow III. ActiveSheet IV. ActiveChart V. Selection A. The object selected B. The active chart or chart contained in a ChartObject C. The active cell D. The active window E. The active sheet (worksheet or chart) Answer: C, D, E, B, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 720 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 96) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Properties II. Separators III. Method IV. Code window V. Parameter A. Indicate the distinction between the object container and the member of that container B. Action C. Special kind of variable D. Attributes E. Where all the VBA code is typed Answer: D, A, B, E, C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 720-722 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

20 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

97) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Project Explorer window II. Properties window III. Visual Basic Editor IV. Function procedure V. Code window A. Contains a hierarchical list B. Group of VBA statements C. Used for creating and editing VBA D. Where all the VBA code is typed E. Contains a list of all the properties Answer: A, E, C, B, D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 722-723 Objective: Understand the Components of VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 98) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Do Until loop II. Do While loop III. For...Each loop IV. For loop V. Loop A. Through an object collection or an array B. Until specified condition is true C. Used to execute a series of statements multiple times D. Until a specified number of loops have been completed E. While specified condition is true Answer: B, E, A, D, C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 730 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

21 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

99) Match the following terms with their description.

I. Variable II. Event III. Message box IV. Power View V. Input box A. Created using the MsgBox command B. Used to increase the interactivity of a dashboard C. Action initiated either by a user or by VBA code D. Space in a computer's memory E. Interactive data visualization Answer: D, C, A, E, B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 731 734 736 739 Objective: Create and Use Loops in VBA; Assign VBA Procedures to Events; Protect and Secure a Workbook Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

22 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

Appendix: Efficient Interaction with a Touch Screen 1) The latest version of Microsoft Windows is ________.

A) Windows 8 B) Windows 7 C) Windows XP D) Windows 2013 Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) The ________ controls and coordinates computer hardware operations so other programs can run efficiently.

A) graphical user interface B) operating system C) ARM chip D) Start button Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) ________ are small pictures representing commands, programs, and documents.

A) Menus B) Buttons C) Clicks D) Icons Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) ________ allow you to perform actions like zooming and switching programs by performing certain movements.

A) Gestures B) Clicks C) Icons D) Swings Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) Microsoft Surface, Apple iPad, and the Android are currently the most popular ________ on the market.

A) operating systems B) tablets C) smartphones D) computers Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) One major discriminator in determining which tablet to choose is the ________ it runs.

A) operating system B) software C) apps D) network Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) A(n) ________ is designed for low-energy embedded systems, such as an iPad. A) Google chip B) ARM chip C) Intel chip D) Apple chip Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) A(n) ________ is a series of microprocessors which is also used in most traditional laptops or desktops.

A) Intel chip B) ARM chip C) Google chip D) Microsoft chip Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) Applications that run on ________ do not support some of the more sophisticated Office features or back-end Visual Basic programming.

A) ARM chips B) Intel chips C) Windows Phone and RT D) Windows Pro Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) The Surface Pro is built with a more traditional ________ hardware that lets it perform like a traditional PC. A) Intel chip B) operating system C) ARM chip D) Windows Phone chip Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) ________ in Windows 8 is (are) better than any prior version of Windows.

A) GUI B) Menus C) Icons D) Speech recognition Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 768 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) The Surface comes with two types of covers: the type cover and ________.

A) touch cover B) click cover C) custom cover D) traditional cover Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 769 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) The type cover provides a(n) ________ similar to traditional keyboards.

A) ergonomic keyboard B) depression keyboard C) heat sensitive D) virtual keyboard Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 769 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) The covers come with a built-in ________ that works like a traditional mouse but uses touch.

A) trackpad B) mousepad C) touchpad D) wireless pad Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) ________ improve efficiency in Windows 8 more than any prior versions of Windows.

A) Icons B) Buttons C) Keyboard shortcuts D) Gestures Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) A ________ is a device that allows you to write on a touch screen like a pen does on paper.

A) digitizer pen B) stylus C) digital pen D) digital writer Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) ________ accepts only drawing input from the pen and cannot recognize handwritten text.

A) Excel B) PowerPoint C) Publisher D) Word Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 771 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) If you want to take handwritten notes, best practice is to use ________.

A) Word B) OneNote C) Outlook D) RibbonWriter Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 771 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) One of the key features that sets Windows 8 apart from previous versions is the built-in ________.

A) speech recognition B) stylus recognition C) touch-screen recognition D) digital recognition Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) A ________is a movement of the user's finger, fingers, or pen on a touch screen resulting in a particular action.

A) gesture B) flick C) movement D) bezel Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) ________ are quick short gestures that can be made with a finger or a pen.

A) Flicks B) Clicks C) Swipes D) Moves Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) The edge of the screen is called the ________.

A) edge B) border C) bezel D) boundary Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) ________ are enabled by default and are quick short gestures either in a vertical or horizontal direction that either scroll up and down or move forward or backward a page.

A) Editing flicks B) Custom flicks C) Navigational flicks D) Gesture flicks Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) ________ are not enabled by default and are quick short gestures in a diagonal direction that either delete, copy, paste, or undo.

A) Editing flicks B) Navigational flicks C) Gesture flicks D) Custom flicks Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) ________ can bring up additional menus and mimic traditional mouse actions such as double-clicking.

A) Moves B) Clicks C) Flicks D) Touches Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 775 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) ________ switches Office into a version that makes a touch screen easy to use.

A) Windows 8 B) Touch mode C) Gesturing D) Flicking Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 777 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) When a keyboard is not available, a ________ can be used.

A) mouse B) touchpad C) touch-screen keyboard D) finger Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 778 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) The operating system acts as an intermediary between application software and the user.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 29) GUI stands for Gradient User Interface.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) Unlike previous versions, Windows 8 has no Start button.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) With Windows 8 you can use gestures instead of mouse clicks to control your computer.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) Windows 8 RT only runs apps from the Windows store.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 33) Advanced RISC Machine chips are high-energy embedded systems used in iPads.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) The Surface tablet comes in two versions, the Surface Mini and the Surface Pro. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) The Surface Pro runs Windows 8 Pro and is built with a more traditional Intel chip hardware so it performs like a traditional PC. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) Tablets capable of performing like a traditional PC are typically referred to as a tablet PC. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) Speech recognition is a new feature in Windows 8.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 768 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) The Surface comes with two types of covers: the touch cover and the virtual cover.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 769 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) The Surface covers come with a built-in trackpad.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) Keyboard shortcuts are not necessary when using Windows 8.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) A digitizer pen can write on paper and on the touch screen.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) Word only accepts drawing input from a digitizer pen and cannot recognize handwritten text.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 771 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) Windows 8 and Office 2013 have fully integrated the touch environment.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 771 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 44) Windows 8 distinguishes between several different types of touch gestures.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

45) The edge of the screen is called the bezel.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) Flicks are preprogrammed and cannot be adjusted or modified.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 774 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) All touch gestures may also be completed with a pen or stylus.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 775 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) Bezel gestures start and end at the edge of the screen.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 776 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) Touch mode switches Office into a version that makes a touch screen easy to use.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 777 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) Windows 8 provides an on-screen touch keyboard.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 778 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 51) Windows 8 supports ________ recognition, which allows you to control the computer with gestures instead of mouse clicks.

Answer: gesture Diff: 1 Page Ref: 766 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

52) ________ is a manufacturer of chips for both tablets and traditional laptops and desktops.

Answer: Intel Diff: 2 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) Tablets capable of performing like a traditional PC are typically referred to as a(n) ________.

Answer: tablet PC Diff: 1 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) The type cover for the Surface provides a(n) ________keyboard similar to traditional keyboards.

Answer: depression Diff: 2 Page Ref: 769 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) Both Surface covers come with a built-in ________.

Answer: trackpad Diff: 2 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) The Surface Pro tablet comes with a(n) ________ —a device that allows you to write on a touch screen like a pen does on paper.

Answer: digitizer pen Diff: 2 Page Ref: 770 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) ________ accepts only drawing input from the digitizer pen and cannot recognize handwritten text.

Answer: Word Diff: 2 Page Ref: 771 Objective: Understand Methods for Interacting with a Tablet PC Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 58) A(n) ________ is a movement of the user's finger, fingers, or pen on a touch screen resulting in a particular action.

Answer: gesture Diff: 1 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

59) ________ are quick short gestures that can be made with a finger or a pen.

Answer: Flick gestures Diff: 1 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) The edge of the screen is called the ________.

Answer: bezel Diff: 2 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) A(n) _______is a gesture that starts and/or ends at the edge of the screen.

Answer: bezel gesture Diff: 2 Page Ref: 776 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) ________ switches Office into a version that makes a touch screen easy to use.

Answer: Touch mode Diff: 2 Page Ref: 777 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) Match the following operating system to the software it runs.

I. Macintosh II. Windows 8 III. Windows 8 RT IV. Windows Phone V. iOS A. Runs apps from the Windows store only B. Runs apps from the Apple store only C. Runs software written for the Macintosh operating system D. Runs software written for Windows 7 and above as well as apps from the Windows store E. Runs apps from the Windows store only, including Office 2013 for Windows Phone Answer: C, D, A, E, B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 767 Objective: Understand Variations in Tablets Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

64) Match the following terms with their definitions.

I. Navigational flicks II. Bezel gestures III. Touch gestures IV. Editing flicks V. Gesture A. A gesture that start and/or ends at the edge of the screen.

B. Quick short gestures that either scroll or move forward or backward a page.

C. Quick short gestures in a diagonal direction that either delete, copy, paste or undo.

D. Gestures made with a finger.

E. A movement of the user's finger, fingers or pen on a touch screen.

Answer: B, A, D, C, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 772 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 65) Match the following flick gestures with their results.

I. Diagonally to upper left II. Diagonally to upper right III. Diagonally to lower left IV. Diagonally to lower right A. Undo B. Delete C. Paste D. Copy Answer: B, D, A, C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 773 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

66) Match the following touch gestures with their results.

I. Tap II. Tap and hold III. Slide IV. Pinch and stretch V. Double-tap A. Zoom in or out B. Pans or scrolls C. Same as a mouse single-click D. Same as a mouse double-click E. Same as a mouse right-click Answer: C, E, B, A, D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 775 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) Match the following bezel gestures with their results.

I. Right bezel II. Left bezel III. Top bezel IV. Slow left bezel V. Left bezel and then back to left bezel again A. Brings up a menu of all open apps B. Opens the charms menu C. Switches to the last app that was used D. Brings up additional menus depending on the currently open app E. When multiple apps are open, snaps the current app to a docked position Answer: B, C, D, E, A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 776 Objective: Use Flick, Touch, and Bezel Gestures Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

Your Office: Microsoft Office 2013, Excel Comprehensive (Kinser et al.)

The Common Features of Microsoft Office 1) Microsoft Word is a ________ program.

A) presentation B) word processing C) spreadsheet D) graphics Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 2) Which of the following is NOT considered a graphic?

A) Picture B) SmartArt C) Letter D) Chart Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 3) Microsoft Excel is a ________ program.

A) word processing B) presentation C) database D) spreadsheet Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 4) Files created by Excel are called ________.

A) workbooks B) tables C) documents D) worksheets Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

1 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) Microsoft PowerPoint is used to create ________.

A) newsletters B) presentations C) documents D) databases Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 6) Microsoft OneNote is a(n) ________ program.

A) e-mail and contact B) presentation and slide C) planner and note-taking D) information management Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 7) A Microsoft program that can be used for e-mail, contact, and information management is ________.

A) Access B) OneNote C) Excel D) Outlook Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 8) Microsoft Access is a relational ________ management program.

A) document B) database C) spreadsheet D) information Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

2 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

9) A program that helps create professional brochures, newsletters, and greeting cards is ________.

A) Microsoft Publisher B) Microsoft PowerPoint C) Microsoft OneNote D) Microsoft Access Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 5 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10) The Windows 8 ________ is the main interface to launch programs.

A) Start button B) Start screen C) Charms bar D) desktop Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 7 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 11) Windows ________ are a specific and consistent set of buttons available in every application that appear on the right side of the screen.

A) tiles B) icons C) charms D) thumbnails Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 7 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 12) Search, Share, Start, Devices, and Settings are icons on the ________.

A) Charms bar B) Start menu C) Quick Access toolbar D) taskbar Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 7 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

3 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) You can open a program from the Start screen or by ________ the file in File Explorer.

A) double-clicking B) right-clicking C) selecting D) dragging Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 8 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 14) When moving your mouse pointer over a taskbar icon for an open program, a ________ of the file is displayed.

A) dialog box B) Key tip C) thumbnail D) shortcut Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 11 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 15) As an alternative to using thumbnails to switch windows, you can use the ________ keyboard shortcut.

A) Ctrl + Tab B) Alt + Tab C) Alt + Esc D) Ctrl + Esc Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 12 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 16) Buttons where one click turns a feature off and another click turns it on, are called ________ buttons.

A) switch B) option C) toggle D) on/off Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 16 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

4 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

17) ________ is available for many galleries and shows how formatting will look before it is applied.

A) Live Preview B) Peek C) Gallery option D) Backstage view Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 17 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 18) The ________, located in the lower-right corner of some groups, opens a corresponding dialog box or task pane.

A) Task Pane Launcher B) Dialog Box Launcher C) Toggle buttons D) Charms bar Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 19 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 19) Tools that appear only when needed for specific tasks, are called ________ tools.

A) specific B) optional C) conditional D) contextual Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 20 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 20) After text is selected, a(n) ________ appears containing buttons for the most commonly used formatting commands.

A) Mini toolbar B) contextual tab C) toggle button D) Answer Choice Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 21 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

5 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) A list of commands related to a selection that appears when you right-click, is the ________.

A) Mini toolbar B) shortcut menu C) option menu D) dialog box Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 22 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 22) You can save files to the hard drive located inside your computer or to a(n) ________ drive such as a USB flash drive.

A) internal B) external C) optional D) compact Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 24 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 23) A file name includes the name you specify and a file ________ assigned by the Office program to indicate the file type.

A) type B) option C) extension D) code Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 25 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 24) If you have not yet saved your document, it is stored only ________.

A) in temporary memory B) on the hard drive C) on a USB drive D) on SkyDrive Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 24 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

6 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

25) To open Office Backstage view, you click the ________ tab.

A) Help B) View C) File D) Insert Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 24 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 26) Backstage view in Office 2013 has added a new area called ________ that lets you see a list of connected services.

A) Options B) Export C) Account D) Share Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 24 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 27) You can save a file using Backstage view, clicking the Save button on the Quick Access toolbar, or by using the ________ keyboard shortcut.

A) Shift + S B) Esc + S C) Alt + S D) Ctrl + S Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 25 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 28) From each program's ________ window, you can find information about commands and features, as well as step-by-step instructions for using them.

A) Assistance B) Help C) Support D) Utility Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 30 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

7 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) ________ is the keyboard shortcut to access Help.

A) F1 B) F2 C) F3 D) F4 Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 31 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 30) The small window that displays when you rest the mouse pointer over an object or button is a(n) ________.

A) shortcut B) ScreenTip C) KeyTip D) option Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 32 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 31) You can share documents with others by e-mailing them or posting them to a blog from inside ________.

A) Internet Explorer B) Share view C) Backstage view D) Outlook Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 33 Objective: Print and Share Files Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 32) A file format that preserves fonts and other formatting when sharing files with others is ________.

A) USB B) PDF C) RTF D) TXT Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 34 Objective: Print and Share Files Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

8 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) When you use computing resources of another computer over a network, you are using ________.

A) sky computing B) touch computing C) cloud computing D) network computing Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 35 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 34) Which of the following is NOT an option for storing files locally?

A) SkyDrive B) hard drive C) external drive D) USB drive Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 35 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 35) ________ switches Office into a version that makes a touch screen easy to use.

A) Gesture Mode B) Swipe Mode C) Touch Mode D) Tap Mode Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 36) Which of the following is NOT a main touch gesture?

A) tap B) tweak C) pinch D) slide Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

9 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) The ________ hides tools and menus to make more room for the pages themselves.

A) Normal view B) Print Layout view C) Read Mode D) Outline view Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 38) Microsoft Office 2013 applications have a similar appearance or user interface.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 39) Office 365 has several advantages over Office 2013, but requires payment of an annual fee.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 5 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 40) The Windows 8 Start screen is the same on all computers.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 7 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 41) The procedure for launching a program via searching is the same, no matter the configuration of the computer.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 7 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 42) The search method will find only unpinned programs.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 8 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 43) One way to switch between windows is to use Alt + Tab. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 12 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 10 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

44) The zoom level on a document only affects your view of the document and not how it will be printed.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 13 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 45) The Ribbon of each Office application has two tabs in common.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 15 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 46) A shortcut menu appears whenever text is selected.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 21 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 47) To avoid losing your work, you must save your files before exiting a program or shutting down your computer.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 24 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 48) Each Office program has its own Help window.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 30 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 49) If there is no Internet access, only files installed on the computer will display in the Help window.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 30 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 50) KeyTips are small windows that display descriptive text about the button or object to which you are pointing.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 32 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

11 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

51) A printed paper copy is also known as a soft copy.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 33 Objective: Print and Share Files Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 52) A digital copy can save paper and other costs.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 33 Objective: Print and Share Files Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 53) PDF files are commonly used to share files for business because free readers are readily available.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 34 Objective: Print and Share Files Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 54) Traditionally, files have been saved locally on a hard drive or external storage device.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 35 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 55) You must have a computer with a touch screen in order to store files on Sky Drive.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 35 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 56) To use SkyDrive, you must have a Microsoft account.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 36 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 57) The Touch Mode button spreads the icons on the Ribbon further apart.

Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

12 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

58) Read Mode is available only on touch screen devices.

Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 59) ________ is a program used to generate a variety of charts, such as pie charts, column charts, and line charts.

Answer: Excel Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 60) A program used primarily to compile, store, query and report data is ________.

Answer: Access Diff: 2 Page Ref: 5 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 61) In Windows 8, each program has its own ________ Start screen.

Answer: Application Diff: 2 Page Ref: 7 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 62) When you use Office 2013 on a personal computer, you must sign in with a Microsoft ________.

Answer: account Diff: 1 Page Ref: 7 Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 63) The ________ is the row of tabs with buttons at the top of the application window.

Answer: Ribbon Diff: 1 Page Ref: 14 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 64) To enlarge your workspace, you can collapse the ________.

Answer: Ribbon Diff: 2 Page Ref: 15 Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

13 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

65) The keyboard shortcut for saving a file is ________.

Answer: Ctrl + S Diff: 1 Page Ref: 25 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 66) A file name includes the name you assign and a file ________ assigned by the program you are using.

Answer: extension Diff: 2 Page Ref: 25 Objective: Manage Files in Office Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 67) The ________ window provides information about a multitude of topics.

Answer: Help Diff: 1 Page Ref: 30 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 68) The keyboard shortcut to access Help is the ________ key.

Answer: F1 Diff: 2 Page Ref: 31 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 69) ________ are small windows that display descriptive text when you point to an object.

Answer: ScreenTips Diff: 1 Page Ref: 32 Objective: Get Help Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 70) To make sure that your document will print as intended, always use ________ before printing.

Answer: print preview Diff: 2 Page Ref: 34 Objective: Print and Share Files Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 71) Sending a document in ________ format will ensure that it will look the same on someone else's computer.

Answer: PDF Diff: 2 Page Ref: 34 Objective: Print and Share Files Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

14 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

72) A(n) ________ drive is popular for moving files back and forth between computers because it is small and portable.

Answer: USB Diff: 2 Page Ref: 35 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 73) When you use computing resources of another computer over a network, you are using ________.

Answer: cloud computing Diff: 2 Page Ref: 35 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 74) An online cloud computing technology that offers collaborative storage space that is integrated with Office 2013 is ________.

Answer: SkyDrive Diff: 2 Page Ref: 35 Objective: Use Windows SkyDrive Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 75) To spread the icons on the Ribbon further apart, for easier access to fingers, click the ________ button on the Quick Access toolbar.

Answer: Touch Mode Diff: 3 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 76) ________ Mode hides the writing tools and menus to leave more room for just the pages.

Answer: Read Diff: 2 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

15 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

77) Match the terms with their correct definition.

I. Access II. Excel III. Publisher IV. PowerPoint V. Word A. Presentation and slide program B. Word processing program C. Desktop publishing program D. Relational database management program E. Spreadsheet program Answer: D, E, C, A, B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4-5 Objective: Understand Office Applications and Accounts Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 78) Match the terms with their correct definition.

I. Charms II. Application Start screen III. Windows Start screen IV. Most recently used list V. Quick Access toolbar A. Contains commonly used buttons B. Icons representing: Search, Share, Start, Devices, and Settings C. Main interface to launch applications D. First screen displayed after launching a program E. List of recently modified files Answer: B, D, C, E, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Start Office Programs and Manipulate Windows Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

16 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

79) Match the terms with their correct definition.

I. KeyTip II. Keyboard shortcut III. ScreenTip IV. Thumbnail V. Live Preview A. Shows what would occur if you chose that option B. Tips for items on the Ribbon, displayed when Alt is pressed C. Small picture of open window D. Provides information about object to which you are pointing E. Keyboard equivalents for software commands Answer: B, E, D, C, A Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive 80) Match the terms with their correct definition.

I. Ribbon II. Contextual tab III. Dialog box IV. Gallery V. Mini toolbar A. Window that requires response from user B. A set of menu options C. Contains commands specific to object that is selected D. Area at top of window with tabs, buttons, and command E. Menu that appears when text is selected Answer: D, C, A, B, E Diff: 2 Page Ref: Multiple Pages Objective: Use the Office Ribbon, Contextual Tools, and Other Menus Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

17 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.

81) Match the terms with their correct definition.

I. Bezel swipe gesture II. Touch gestures III. Touch mode IV. Bezel V. Read Mode A. Switches Office to a version to use a touch screen B. Automatically fits page layout to your device C. Touch-insensitive frame D. Made using fingers on a touch screen E. Started on the frame that surrounds the display Answer: Diff: 3 Page Ref: 38 Objective: Use Touch Mode, Gestures, and Reading Mode Text: Your Office: Microsoft Excel 2013 Comprehensive

18 Copyright © 2014 Pearson Education, Inc.